Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Mathematical Physics

252 missions · 191 completed

Missions

Open61Completed191All252
🏆Completed
AnalysisDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems VII: Attracting Sets and Liouville's TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Planar flows are tame: the Poincaré–Bendixson theorem says that a bounded forward orbit in the plane tends to a fixed point or a periodic orbit. From dimension three on this fails, and the long-time behavior of a flow has to be described through sets rather than single orbits. Chapter 8 of Gerald Teschl's graduate text Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems (AMS GSM 140, 2012; author's preliminary version at mat.univie.ac.at) develops two tools for this. The first is the attracting set produced by a trapping region, the device used to show that the Lorenz equation (Lorenz 1963) has an attractor. The second is volume: Liouville's formula for volumes measures how a flow expands or contracts phase space, which shows that the Lorenz attractor has Lebesgue measure zero, and in the special case of a Hamiltonian system gives Liouville's theorem, that the flow preserves volume. Liouville's theorem, with Poincaré's recurrence theorem as its companion, underlies Hamiltonian mechanics and equilibrium statistical mechanics.

This mission states those results for the local flow of a C1C^1C1 vector field on an open subset of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, as in the book.

Setting

Let M⊆RnM \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nM⊆Rn be open and f:M→Rnf : M \to \mathbb{R}^nf:M→Rn of class C1C^1C1. An integral curve of x˙=f(x)\dot x = f(x)x˙=f(x) is a differentiable φ\varphiφ on an open interval with φ˙(t)=f(φ(t))\dot\varphi(t) = f(\varphi(t))φ˙​(t)=f(φ(t)). For each x∈Mx \in Mx∈M there is a unique maximal one through xxx at time 000, defined on the open interval Ix∋0I_x \ni 0Ix​∋0. Its value at time ttt is Φ(t,x)\Phi(t, x)Φ(t,x), the flow. The flow is local: IxI_xIx​ may be bounded.

For X⊆MX \subseteq MX⊆M, the ω+\omega_+ω+​-limit set ω+(X)\omega_+(X)ω+​(X) is the set of y∈My \in My∈M for which there are tk→∞t_k \to \inftytk​→∞ and xk∈Xx_k \in Xxk​∈X with Φ(tk,xk)→y\Phi(t_k, x_k) \to yΦ(tk​,xk​)→y. The stable and unstable sets of Λ\LambdaΛ are W±(Λ)={x∈M:d(Φ(t,x),Λ)→0 as t→±∞}W^\pm(\Lambda) = \{x \in M : d(\Phi(t, x), \Lambda) \to 0 \text{ as } t \to \pm\infty\}W±(Λ)={x∈M:d(Φ(t,x),Λ)→0 as t→±∞}, where ddd is the distance to a set. A set is invariant if it contains the full orbit of each of its points. An invariant Λ\LambdaΛ is attracting if W+(Λ)W^+(\Lambda)W+(Λ) is a neighborhood of Λ\LambdaΛ. A trapping region is an open connected EEE with compact closure E‾⊆M\overline E \subseteq ME⊆M such that Φ(t,E‾)⊂E\Phi(t, \overline E) \subset EΦ(t,E)⊂E for all t>0t > 0t>0.

The divergence of fff is div⁡f=∑i∂fi/∂xi=tr⁡(df)\operatorname{div} f = \sum_i \partial f_i / \partial x_i = \operatorname{tr}(df)divf=∑i​∂fi​/∂xi​=tr(df). On phase space Rn×Rn∋(p,q)\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^n \ni (p, q)Rn×Rn∋(p,q), a Hamilton function H∈C2H \in C^2H∈C2 defines Hamilton's equations q˙=∂H/∂p\dot q = \partial H / \partial pq˙​=∂H/∂p, p˙=−∂H/∂q\dot p = -\partial H / \partial qp˙​=−∂H/∂q, whose right-hand side is the Hamiltonian vector field XHX_HXH​. The Lorenz equation is x˙=−σ(x−y)\dot x = -\sigma(x - y)x˙=−σ(x−y), y˙=rx−y−xz\dot y = rx - y - xzy˙​=rx−y−xz, z˙=xy−bz\dot z = xy - bzz˙=xy−bz with σ,r,b>0\sigma, r, b > 0σ,r,b>0. Volume ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ is Lebesgue measure.

Formalization targets

Goal: Liouville's theorem (Theorem 8.10)

For H∈C2(Ω)H \in C^2(\Omega)H∈C2(Ω) on an open Ω⊆Rn×Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn×Rn, with Φ\PhiΦ the flow of XHX_HXH​ on Ω\OmegaΩ, every measurable U⊆ΩU \subseteq \OmegaU⊆Ω and every time ttt at which all points of UUU are alive satisfy

∣Φ(t,U)∣=∣U∣.|\Phi(t, U)| = |U| .∣Φ(t,U)∣=∣U∣.

Milestones

  • Lemma 8.8 (Liouville's formula for volumes). Take f∈C1(Rn)f \in C^1(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈C1(Rn), UUU bounded and open, and t0t_0t0​ with every point of U‾\overline UU alive at t0t_0t0​. Write V(t)=∣Φ(t,U)∣V(t) = |\Phi(t, U)|V(t)=∣Φ(t,U)∣. Then V(t0)<∞V(t_0) < \inftyV(t0​)<∞ and
V˙(t0)=∫Φ(t0,U)div⁡f(x) dx.\dot V(t_0) = \int_{\Phi(t_0, U)} \operatorname{div} f(x)\,dx .V˙(t0​)=∫Φ(t0​,U)​divf(x)dx.
  • Theorem 8.11 (Poincaré). Let Φ\PhiΦ be a volume preserving bijection of a bounded region DDD. Then every neighborhood U⊆DU \subseteq DU⊆D contains an xxx with Φk(x)∈U\Phi^k(x) \in UΦk(x)∈U for some k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  • Lemma 8.5. For a trapping region EEE, Λ=ω+(E)=⋂t≥0Φ(t,E)\Lambda = \omega_+(E) = \bigcap_{t \ge 0} \Phi(t, E)Λ=ω+​(E)=⋂t≥0​Φ(t,E) is nonempty, invariant, compact, connected and attracting.
  • Lemma 8.6. For a trapping region EEE, W−(x)⊆ω+(E)W^-(x) \subseteq \omega_+(E)W−(x)⊆ω+​(E) for every x∈ω+(E)x \in \omega_+(E)x∈ω+​(E).
  • Lemma 8.7. For the Lorenz equation with r≤1r \le 1r≤1, the origin is the only fixed point, and every solution exists for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 and tends to the origin.

Significance

The result itself. Liouville's theorem is the basic structural fact of Hamiltonian dynamics. It rules out asymptotically stable equilibria and attractors of positive measure for Hamiltonian systems. It makes Lebesgue measure invariant, which is the starting point of ergodic theory for mechanical systems. Combined with Theorem 8.11, it gives recurrence for any Hamiltonian motion confined to a bounded energy region. Lemma 8.8 is the quantitative version for arbitrary flows: for the Lorenz equation it gives V(t)=Ve−(1+σ+b)tV(t) = V e^{-(1+\sigma+b)t}V(t)=Ve−(1+σ+b)t, so the attractor from Lemma 8.5 has measure zero. Lemmas 8.5 and 8.6 produce attractors and show that they contain the unstable manifolds of their points.

Formalizing it. All of these results are classical and proved in the book. Mathlib has the change-of-variables formula, Poincaré recurrence for conservative measure-preserving maps (MeasureTheory.Conservative), and an ω\omegaω-limit set for global flows (omegaLimit). It has no flow of a nonlinear ODE with its differentiable dependence on initial conditions, no volume formula along such a flow, and no Hamiltonian formalism. The mission asks for those pieces in the book's local-flow setting, with its hypotheses made explicit.

Difficulty

Lemma 8.8 and Theorem 8.10 need the flow map x↦Φ(t,x)x \mapsto \Phi(t, x)x↦Φ(t,x) to be a C1C^1C1 diffeomorphism of the set of points alive at time ttt onto its image. They also need its Jacobian to satisfy the first variational equation Π˙=df(Φt(x)) Π\dot\Pi = df(\Phi_t(x))\,\PiΠ˙=df(Φt​(x))Π, whose determinant obeys Liouville's formula for linear systems. None of this is available for a general C1C^1C1 vector field in Mathlib, which provides local existence and uniqueness of integral curves but not differentiability of the flow in the initial condition. Differentiating V(t)V(t)V(t) under the integral also needs uniform control on a compact set of initial points. That is why Lemma 8.8 asks the closure of UUU, not just UUU, to be alive at t0t_0t0​. Without that, Φ(t0,U)\Phi(t_0, U)Φ(t0​,U) can have infinite volume (x˙=x2\dot x = x^2x˙=x2, U=(0,1)U = (0, 1)U=(0,1), t0=1t_0 = 1t0​=1).

Lemmas 8.5 and 8.6 are point-set topology. The obstacle there is the local flow: every statement about Φ(t,⋅)\Phi(t, \cdot)Φ(t,⋅) must first establish that the points involved are alive at time ttt. The book avoids this by assuming completeness at the start of the chapter. For Lemma 8.7, the Liapunov function L=rx2+σy2+σz2L = rx^2 + \sigma y^2 + \sigma z^2L=rx2+σy2+σz2 from the text has L˙≤0\dot L \le 0L˙≤0, not L˙<0\dot L < 0L˙<0, so convergence to the origin requires the Krasovskii–LaSalle argument, not a plain Liapunov one.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and phase space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) × EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with points (p,q)(p, q)(p,q), momenta first. volume on it is Lebesgue measure on R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}R2n. The flow is a pair (I,Φ)(I, \Phi)(I,Φ) satisfying IsMaximalFlow, which makes t↦Φ(t,x)t \mapsto \Phi(t, x)t↦Φ(t,x) the unique maximal integral curve on IxI_xIx​. Nothing assumes Ix=RI_x = \mathbb{R}Ix​=R. The chapter's standing completeness assumption is replaced by explicit aliveness hypotheses, and these are implied by completeness. The explicit readings are:

  • Theorem 8.10: "Hamiltonian flow" means H∈C2H \in C^2H∈C2 on an open Ω\OmegaΩ. "Volume" means Lebesgue measure of any measurable U⊆ΩU \subseteq \OmegaU⊆Ω that is alive at time ttt.
  • Lemma 8.8: f∈C1f \in C^1f∈C1 on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn. U‾\overline UU is alive at t0t_0t0​. The conclusion also states V(t0)<∞V(t_0) < \inftyV(t0​)<∞ and integrability of div⁡f\operatorname{div} fdivf on Φ(t0,U)\Phi(t_0, U)Φ(t0​,U), and VVV is the real-valued volume.
  • Theorem 8.11: "region" means a measurable bounded set. "Volume preserving" means that images of measurable subsets of DDD are measurable and have the same measure. "Any neighborhood UUU" means a neighborhood of some point, hence nonempty. n∈Nn \in \mathbb{N}n∈N means k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  • Lemma 8.5: a trapping region has E‾⊆M\overline E \subseteq ME⊆M and E‾\overline EE forward complete, and "connected" includes nonempty. "Invariant" is two-sided.
  • Lemma 8.7: "all solutions converge" includes existence for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The flow is quantified universally.

A trivializing formalization is excluded. The goal is not stated for a complete or globally Lipschitz flow, not for sets of measure zero or bounded open sets only, and not with div⁡XH=0\operatorname{div} X_H = 0divXH​=0 assumed. It must be proved for the flow of XHX_HXH​ built from HHH itself.

A complete development needs differentiability of the flow in the initial condition and the first variational equation. It also needs Liouville's formula det⁡Π(t)=exp⁡∫0ttr⁡A\det \Pi(t) = \exp \int_0^t \operatorname{tr} AdetΠ(t)=exp∫0t​trA for linear systems, and change of variables for the flow map. Each is reusable beyond this mission; contributions of any of them as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 140, AMS, 2012 (cited: author's preliminary version, Chapter 8, pp. 229–241). https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/140 · https://www.mat.univie.ac.at/~gerald/ftp/book-ode/ode.pdf
  • E. N. Lorenz, Deterministic nonperiodic flow, Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences 20 (1963), 130–141. https://doi.org/10.1175/1520-0469(1963)020%3C0130:DNF%3E2.0.CO;2
  • V. I. Arnold, Mathematical Methods of Classical Mechanics, 2nd ed., Graduate Texts in Mathematics 60, Springer, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-2063-1
  • The Mathlib Community, Mathlib, Mathlib/Dynamics/Ergodic/Conservative.lean. https://github.com/leanprover-community/mathlib4
19 thms6 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: Lucas

Newton's Law of Universal Gravitation: the Shell TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Newton's law of universal gravitation states that any two point masses attract each other with a force proportional to the product of their masses and inversely proportional to the square of their distance. It is the first quantitative law of gravity (Newton, Principia, 1687) and it remains the working model of gravity in celestial mechanics, geophysics and engineering whenever relativistic effects are negligible.

The law is stated for point masses, while planets, moons and apples are extended bodies. Newton delayed publication for about twenty years because he could not prove that the Earth attracts external bodies as if all its mass were concentrated at its centre. The result that closes this gap is the shell theorem: a spherically symmetric distribution of mass exerts, on every external point, the same gravitational attraction as a point mass at its centre carrying the total mass; and mass located at radii larger than that of the test point exerts no net force at all.

Timeline (as described in the source):

  • c. 1666: Newton applies the inverse-square law to the orbit of the Moon, assuming — without proof — that the Earth acts as a point mass.
  • 1687: Principia published, including the proof of the shell theorem (Book I, Proposition 75, Theorem 35).
  • 1798: Cavendish experiment, the first laboratory test of gravitation between masses.

Setting

Space is E3=R3\mathbb{E}^3 = \mathbb{R}^3E3=R3 with the Euclidean norm. The gravitational constant is G=6.67430×10−11G = 6.67430\times10^{-11}G=6.67430×10−11.

  • Point force. A body of mass m1m_1m1​ at r1r_1r1​ exerts on a body of mass m2m_2m2​ at r2r_2r2​ the force
F21=−Gm1m2∥r21∥2 r^21,r21=r2−r1,r^21=r21∥r21∥.F_{21} = -\frac{G m_1 m_2}{\|r_{21}\|^2}\,\hat r_{21},\qquad r_{21}=r_2-r_1,\quad \hat r_{21} = \frac{r_{21}}{\|r_{21}\|}.F21​=−∥r21​∥2Gm1​m2​​r^21​,r21​=r2​−r1​,r^21​=∥r21​∥r21​​.
  • Point field and potential. A point mass MMM at ccc produces the field g(x)=−GM∥x−c∥3(x−c)g(x) = -\frac{GM}{\|x-c\|^3}(x-c)g(x)=−∥x−c∥3GM​(x−c) and the potential V(x)=−GM∥x−c∥V(x) = -\frac{GM}{\|x-c\|}V(x)=−∥x−c∥GM​.
  • Mass distributions. An extended body is a (finite, Borel) measure μ\muμ on E3\mathbb{E}^3E3; μ(A)\mu(A)μ(A) is the mass contained in the region AAA. Its gravitational field is the superposition of the point fields of its elements,
gμ(x)=∫E3−G∥x−y∥3 (x−y) dμ(y).g_\mu(x) = \int_{\mathbb{E}^3} -\frac{G}{\|x-y\|^3}\,(x-y)\,d\mu(y).gμ​(x)=∫E3​−∥x−y∥3G​(x−y)dμ(y).
  • Spherical symmetry. μ\muμ is spherically symmetric (about the origin) if μ\muμ is invariant under every linear isometry of E3\mathbb{E}^3E3 (every rotation and reflection fixing 000).
  • Model bodies. The uniform shell σM,a\sigma_{M,a}σM,a​ of mass MMM and radius aaa (normalised surface measure on the sphere ∥y∥=a\|y\| = a∥y∥=a) and the uniform solid ball βM,R\beta_{M,R}βM,R​ of mass MMM and radius RRR (normalised Lebesgue measure on ∥y∥<R\|y\|<R∥y∥<R).

Formalization targets

Goal: shell theorem, exterior part

If μ\muμ is a finite, spherically symmetric mass distribution carried by the closed ball ∥y∥≤R\|y\|\le R∥y∥≤R, then for every xxx with ∥x∥>R\|x\|>R∥x∥>R,

gμ(x)=−G μ(E3)∥x∥3 x.g_\mu(x) = -\frac{G\,\mu(\mathbb{E}^3)}{\|x\|^3}\,x .gμ​(x)=−∥x∥3Gμ(E3)​x.

Milestones

  1. Vector form: F12=−F21F_{12} = -F_{21}F12​=−F21​, and ∥F21∥=Gm1m2/∥r2−r1∥2\|F_{21}\| = G m_1 m_2/\|r_2-r_1\|^2∥F21​∥=Gm1​m2​/∥r2​−r1​∥2.
  2. Field form: F21=m2 g(r2)F_{21} = m_2\, g(r_2)F21​=m2​g(r2​) where ggg is the field of m1m_1m1​ at r1r_1r1​; the field is conservative, g=−∇Vg = -\nabla Vg=−∇V.
  3. Shell theorem, interior part: mass at radii larger than ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥ exerts no net field at xxx; more precisely, the field at xxx equals that of the mass enclosed in the ball of radius ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥, concentrated at the centre.
  4. Hollow sphere: g=0g = 0g=0 inside, g=g = g= point field of MMM outside.
  5. Uniform solid sphere: g(x)=−GMR3xg(x) = -\frac{GM}{R^3}xg(x)=−R3GM​x inside, point field of MMM for ∥x∥≥R\|x\|\ge R∥x∥≥R.

Significance

The shell theorem is what licenses treating the Sun, planets and moons as point masses in the nnn-body problem and in Kepler orbit computations, and it gives the linear growth of the gravitational field inside a uniform planet. The interior statement ("no net force inside a hollow shell") has an exact analogue in electrostatics (Coulomb's law is also inverse-square).

The results are classical and fully proved on paper. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs, together with the reusable infrastructure they require: vector-valued integrals against rotation-invariant measures, the surface measure of the sphere, and the Newtonian kernel x/∥x∥3x/\|x\|^3x/∥x∥3.

Difficulty

Newton's argument (or the modern one via Gauss's law) is geometric: slice the shell into rings, or apply the divergence theorem to a sphere. Neither is directly available: Mathlib has no divergence theorem on spheres in the required form, and the ring-slicing computation requires explicit spherical coordinates for a surface measure that is defined abstractly. Using symmetry alone shows the field is radial, but its magnitude requires an actual computation of a singular integral (for the interior of a solid ball the integrand is unbounded).

Formalization scope

  • Space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3). Mass distributions are Measures; the field is a Bochner integral. Because a non-integrable Bochner integral is defined to be 000, statements where integrability is not automatic either carry an explicit integrability hypothesis or are placed where the integrand is bounded (test point strictly outside the support).
  • Spherical symmetry is invariance under all linear isometries (Space ≃ₗᵢ[ℝ] Space), centred at the origin.
  • Masses of model bodies are nonnegative reals (NNReal); radii are assumed strictly positive.
  • The uniform shell uses Mathlib's Measure.toSphere (surface measure on the unit sphere) pushed forward by scaling.
  • Units are not modelled; GGG is the real number 6.67430×10−116.67430\times10^{-11}6.67430×10−11.

Contributions welcome: a general "radial field" lemma from spherical symmetry, the computation of the field of a uniform shell, and the disintegration of a spherically symmetric measure into shells.

Selected references

  • Wikipedia, Newton's law of universal gravitation, revision 1370960529. https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Newton%27s_law_of_universal_gravitation&oldid=1370960529
  • I. Newton, The Principia: Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, transl. I. B. Cohen and A. Whitman, University of California Press, 1999 — Book I, Proposition 75, Theorem 35.
19 thms5 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: Lucas

Erler–Gross midpoint identity: ln(27/16) + Σ 3 m₂ₙ β₂ₙ = 0Research Paper

Motivation

In Witten's cubic open string field theory (Witten 1986) the interaction glues half-strings together, and in the usual center-of-mass variables the action contains infinitely many time derivatives. Such a theory has no evident initial value formulation, which obstructs a Hamiltonian treatment and a direct discussion of causality.

Erler and Gross (2004) show that after a unitary change of basis in which the string field depends on the lightcone component of the string midpoint x+(π/2)x^+(\pi/2)x+(π/2) (and on transverse center-of-mass coordinates), the cubic vertex contains no derivatives with respect to lightcone time. This reduces to five linear relations among the Neumann coefficients of the three-string vertex, the midpoint identities (A.6)–(A.10) of the paper. One of them, (A.8), is a closed numerical identity: a specific infinite series built from Neumann coefficients equals −ln⁡2716-\ln\frac{27}{16}−ln1627​, where ln⁡2716=V00\ln\frac{27}{16}=V_{00}ln1627​=V00​ is the zero-mode Neumann coefficient. This mission formalizes that identity and the chain of intermediate results the paper uses to prove it (Appendix B), together with a divergence statement from Section 2 explaining why other midpoint bases fail.

Setting

Define real constants AkA_kAk​ (k≥0k\ge0k≥0) by the expansion

(1+iz1−iz)1/3=exp⁡ ⁣(2i3tan⁡−1z)=1+∑n≥1A2nz2n+i∑n≥1A2n−1z2n−1.\left(\frac{1+iz}{1-iz}\right)^{1/3}=\exp\!\left(\tfrac{2i}{3}\tan^{-1}z\right)=1+\sum_{n\ge1}A_{2n}z^{2n}+i\sum_{n\ge1}A_{2n-1}z^{2n-1}.(1−iz1+iz​)1/3=exp(32i​tan−1z)=1+n≥1∑​A2n​z2n+in≥1∑​A2n−1​z2n−1.

For real zzz the left side is cos⁡(23arctan⁡z)+isin⁡(23arctan⁡z)\cos(\tfrac23\arctan z)+i\sin(\tfrac23\arctan z)cos(32​arctanz)+isin(32​arctanz), so A2nA_{2n}A2n​ is the 2n2n2n-th Taylor coefficient of cos⁡(23arctan⁡z)\cos(\tfrac23\arctan z)cos(32​arctanz) at 000 (e.g. A2=−29A_2=-\tfrac29A2​=−92​). The even Neumann vector and the vector β\betaβ are

m2n=−23 A2n2n,βk=cos⁡(kπ/2)k,so β2n=(−1)n2n.m_{2n}=-\frac23\,\frac{A_{2n}}{\sqrt{2n}},\qquad \beta_k=\frac{\cos(k\pi/2)}{\sqrt k},\quad\text{so }\beta_{2n}=\frac{(-1)^n}{\sqrt{2n}}.m2n​=−32​2n​A2n​​,βk​=k​cos(kπ/2)​,so β2n​=2n​(−1)n​.

In Lean these are ErlerGross.neumannA, ErlerGross.neumannMEven (with neumannMEven n =m2n=m_{2n}=m2n​) and ErlerGross.betaVec. Two auxiliary objects appear in the proof: the (B.3) terms

bn=22n−1−12n−23−12n−43(n≥1),b_n=\frac{2}{2n-1}-\frac{1}{2n-\frac23}-\frac{1}{2n-\frac43}\qquad(n\ge1),bn​=2n−12​−2n−32​1​−2n−34​1​(n≥1),

(ErlerGross.b3Term) and the κ\kappaκ-basis integrand

g(κ)=1−cosh⁡πκ21+2cosh⁡πκ2⋅12κsinh⁡πκ2g(\kappa)=\frac{1-\cosh\frac{\pi\kappa}{2}}{1+2\cosh\frac{\pi\kappa}{2}}\cdot\frac{1}{2\kappa\sinh\frac{\pi\kappa}{2}}g(κ)=1+2cosh2πκ​1−cosh2πκ​​⋅2κsinh2πκ​1​

(ErlerGross.kappaIntegrand), which arises from the continuous spectrum κ∈R\kappa\in\mathbb Rκ∈R of the Neumann matrices (Rastelli–Sen–Zwiebach 2001).

Formalization targets

Goal — midpoint identity (A.8)

ln⁡2716+∑n≥13 m2nβ2n=0,\ln\frac{27}{16}+\sum_{n\ge1}3\,m_{2n}\beta_{2n}=0,ln1627​+n≥1∑​3m2n​β2n​=0,

formalized as: the series ∑n≥13m2nβ2n\sum_{n\ge1}3m_{2n}\beta_{2n}∑n≥1​3m2n​β2n​ converges absolutely (Lean HasSum) to −ln⁡2716-\ln\frac{27}{16}−ln1627​.

Milestones (Appendix B and Section 2)

  • κ\kappaκ-basis representation: ggg is integrable and ∑n≥13m2nβ2n=2∫Rg\sum_{n\ge1}3m_{2n}\beta_{2n}=2\int_{\mathbb R}g∑n≥1​3m2n​β2n​=2∫R​g.
  • Residue evaluation: ∫Rg=∑n≥1bn\int_{\mathbb R}g=\sum_{n\ge1}b_n∫R​g=∑n≥1​bn​.
  • Eq. (B.3): ∑n≥13m2nβ2n=2∑n≥1bn\sum_{n\ge1}3m_{2n}\beta_{2n}=2\sum_{n\ge1}b_n∑n≥1​3m2n​β2n​=2∑n≥1​bn​.
  • Auxiliary series: ∑n≥11n(2n+1)=2−2ln⁡2\sum_{n\ge1}\frac{1}{n(2n+1)}=2-2\ln2∑n≥1​n(2n+1)1​=2−2ln2 and ∑n≥11n(9n2−1)=32(ln⁡3−1)\sum_{n\ge1}\frac{1}{n(9n^2-1)}=\frac32(\ln3-1)∑n≥1​n(9n2−1)1​=23​(ln3−1).
  • Closed form: ∑n≥1bn=−12ln⁡2716\sum_{n\ge1}b_n=-\frac12\ln\frac{27}{16}∑n≥1​bn​=−21​ln1627​.
  • Integral formula: ∫0∞cosh⁡axcosh⁡bx dx=π2b1cos⁡πa2b\int_0^\infty\frac{\cosh ax}{\cosh bx}\,dx=\frac{\pi}{2b}\frac{1}{\cos\frac{\pi a}{2b}}∫0∞​coshbxcoshax​dx=2bπ​cos2bπa​1​ for complex a,ba,ba,b with ∣ℜa∣<ℜb|\Re a|<\Re b∣ℜa∣<ℜb.
  • Section 2: for any real regulator with ω2n→0\omega_{2n}\to0ω2n​→0, ∑n≥1((−1)n−ω2n)22n=+∞\sum_{n\ge1}\frac{((-1)^n-\omega_{2n})^2}{2n}=+\infty∑n≥1​2n((−1)n−ω2n​)2​=+∞.

Significance

In the paper, (A.8) is one of the relations which, together with (A.6), (A.7), (A.9), (A.10), removes lightcone-time derivatives from the cubic vertex. This is what gives the theory an initial value formulation in lightcone time and makes the Hamiltonian BRST quantization of Section 4 possible. Unlike the other four identities, which are relations between distributions and are verified in the paper's spectral basis, (A.8) is an equality of real numbers. It can therefore be checked completely in Lean.

A complete formalization would produce a machine-checked proof of a Neumann-coefficient identity. It would also add reusable material: Taylor coefficients of exp⁡(2i3arctan⁡z)\exp(\tfrac{2i}{3}\arctan z)exp(32i​arctanz), the cosh⁡/cosh⁡\cosh/\coshcosh/cosh integral, and digamma-type evaluations of rational series.

Difficulty

The goal defines m2nm_{2n}m2n​ through Taylor coefficients, which have no closed form. The paper does not sum the series in the mode basis. It moves to the continuous κ\kappaκ basis of the Neumann spectrum and closes a contour. That step rests on eigenvector expansions v2n(κ)v_{2n}(\kappa)v2n​(κ) and the principal-value distribution β(κ)\beta(\kappa)β(κ), neither of which is in Mathlib. A direct route has to connect the coefficients A2nA_{2n}A2n​ to the integral ∫g\int g∫g, or to the series ∑bn\sum b_n∑bn​, some other way. The terms of ∑bn\sum b_n∑bn​ decay like n−2n^{-2}n−2. The terms (−1)nA2n/n(-1)^nA_{2n}/n(−1)nA2n​/n of the goal series decay only like n−5/3n^{-5/3}n−5/3, so the goal series converges slowly.

Formalization scope

  • All quantities are real. AkA_kAk​ is given as f(k)(0)/k!f^{(k)}(0)/k!f(k)(0)/k! for f=cos⁡(23arctan⁡⋅)f=\cos(\tfrac23\arctan\cdot)f=cos(32​arctan⋅) (even kkk) or sin⁡(23arctan⁡⋅)\sin(\tfrac23\arctan\cdot)sin(32​arctan⋅) (odd kkk), using Mathlib's iteratedDeriv.
  • Series are indexed from n=1n=1n=1 by shifting the Lean index n↦n+1n\mapsto n+1n↦n+1. HasSum is unconditional (equivalently absolute) convergence. Every statement asserts convergence, so no statement can hold only because Lean assigns 000 to a divergent tsum.
  • g(0)=0g(0)=0g(0)=0 by Lean's convention x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0. This single point does not affect the integral.
  • Source misprints corrected: the paper's first auxiliary formula prints ∑1n(2n+1)=2−ln⁡2\sum\frac{1}{n(2n+1)}=2-\ln2∑n(2n+1)1​=2−ln2. The true value is 2−2ln⁡2≈0.61372-2\ln2\approx0.61372−2ln2≈0.6137, and that value is formalized. The formula for m2nm_{2n}m2n​ is printed with left side m2mm_{2m}m2m​.
  • In the Section 2 statement the dimension factor D>0D>0D>0 is omitted, and only divergence to +∞+\infty+∞ is asserted, not the logarithmic rate.
  • Not formalized: the identities (A.6), (A.7), (A.9), (A.10), eq. (B.2), and the eigenvectors vn(κ)v_n(\kappa)vn​(κ). Contributions that build this spectral machinery are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. G. Erler, D. J. Gross, Locality, Causality, and an Initial Value Formulation for Open String Field Theory, 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/hep-th/0406199
  • E. Witten, Noncommutative Geometry and String Field Theory, Nucl. Phys. B 268 (1986) 253. https://doi.org/10.1016/0550-3213(86)90155-0
  • L. Rastelli, A. Sen, B. Zwiebach, Star Algebra Spectroscopy, JHEP 2002. https://arxiv.org/abs/hep-th/0111281
40 thms5 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Differential GeometryPartial Differential Equations·Captain: Lucas

Bray–Hamm–Hirsch–Wheeler–Zhang 2019: Flatly Foliated Relativity — Λ > 0 implies a unique vacuumResearch Paper

Motivation

Flatly Foliated Relativity (FFR) is a theory of gravity introduced by Bray, Hamm, Hirsch, Wheeler and Zhang (arXiv:1911.00967, 2019) that sits between special and general relativity. It keeps the Einstein–Hilbert action of general relativity (GR) but restricts it to spacetimes that are foliated by flat Euclidean spaces (Assumption 1 of the paper): "matter curves spacetime, but not space". The authors motivate this by the observed spatial flatness of the local universe. Since gravitational waves are excluded, FFR is proposed as an approximation of GR whose metric equations are much more tractable. It still contains the big bang (FLRW spacetimes with k=0k = 0k=0), accelerated expansion and the exterior Schwarzschild spacetime.

One headline feature of the theory is how a positive cosmological constant Λ>0\Lambda > 0Λ>0 (Assumption 2) shapes it. For Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 the paper shows that the FFR metric equations are elliptic on every slice, that the mean curvature of the foliation gives a geometric arrow of time, and that there is exactly one vacuum solution among solutions that are spherically symmetric at infinity. For Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0 uniqueness fails, and for Λ<0\Lambda<0Λ<0 existence fails. This mission formalizes Sections 3.2–5 of the paper, which contain these statements.

Setting

All FFR equations live on a single flat slice Rt3\mathbb R^3_tRt3​, with no time derivatives, so the formalization works on R3\mathbb R^3R3 with coordinates x1,x2,x3x_1,x_2,x_3x1​,x2​,x3​. The spacetime metric is

g=(−η2+∣ω∣2) dt2−(ω⊗dt+dt⊗ω)+δR3,g = (-\eta^2+|\omega|^2)\,dt^2-(\omega\otimes dt+dt\otimes\omega)+\delta_{\mathbb R^3},g=(−η2+∣ω∣2)dt2−(ω⊗dt+dt⊗ω)+δR3​,

where η>0\eta>0η>0 is the lapse and ω\omegaω is a one-form on R3\mathbb R^3R3, identified with a vector field through the flat metric. Matter enters through the energy density μ\muμ and the momentum density JJJ. Writing ωi,j=∂jωi\omega_{i,j}=\partial_j\omega_iωi,j​=∂j​ωi​, ∇⋅ω=ωi,i\nabla\cdot\omega=\omega_{i,i}∇⋅ω=ωi,i​ and Δ\DeltaΔ for the flat Laplacian (summation over repeated indices), the FFR equations (34)–(35) are

2Λ+16πμ=1η2[(∇⋅ω)2−14∥ωi,j+ωj,i∥2],2\Lambda+16\pi\mu=\frac1{\eta^2}\Big[(\nabla\cdot\omega)^2-\tfrac14\|\omega_{i,j}+\omega_{j,i}\|^2\Big],2Λ+16πμ=η21​[(∇⋅ω)2−41​∥ωi,j​+ωj,i​∥2], 16πJi=1η(Δωi−∂i(∇⋅ω))+2η2(∇⋅ω)ηi−1η2(ωi,j+ωj,i)ηj.16\pi J_i=\frac1\eta\big(\Delta\omega_i-\partial_i(\nabla\cdot\omega)\big)+\frac2{\eta^2}(\nabla\cdot\omega)\eta_i-\frac1{\eta^2}(\omega_{i,j}+\omega_{j,i})\eta_j .16πJi​=η1​(Δωi​−∂i​(∇⋅ω))+η22​(∇⋅ω)ηi​−η21​(ωi,j​+ωj,i​)ηj​.

Substituting ω=df+ζ\omega=df+\zetaω=df+ζ with ∇⋅ζ=0\nabla\cdot\zeta=0∇⋅ζ=0 gives the elliptic form (39)–(41), with unknowns (f,ζ,η)(f,\zeta,\eta)(f,ζ,η). Here Qij=fij+12(ζi,j+ζj,i)Q_{ij}=f_{ij}+\tfrac12(\zeta_{i,j}+\zeta_{j,i})Qij​=fij​+21​(ζi,j​+ζj,i​):

(Δf)2−∥Q∥2=(16πμ+2Λ)η2,(\Delta f)^2-\|Q\|^2=(16\pi\mu+2\Lambda)\eta^2,(Δf)2−∥Q∥2=(16πμ+2Λ)η2, Δζi=16πJiη−2η(Δf δij−Qij)ηj,\Delta\zeta_i=16\pi J_i\eta-\tfrac2\eta(\Delta f\,\delta_{ij}-Q_{ij})\eta_j,Δζi​=16πJi​η−η2​(Δfδij​−Qij​)ηj​, (Δf δij−Qij)ηij=8π∇⋅(Jη2),(\Delta f\,\delta_{ij}-Q_{ij})\eta_{ij}=8\pi\nabla\cdot(J\eta^2),(Δfδij​−Qij​)ηij​=8π∇⋅(Jη2),

together with the requirement ∇⋅ζ→0\nabla\cdot\zeta\to0∇⋅ζ→0 at infinity. Vacuum means μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and J=0J=0J=0. When Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, the paper fixes the time orientation by the arrow-of-time convention K=(∇⋅ω)/η=Δf/η>0K=(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta=\Delta f/\eta>0K=(∇⋅ω)/η=Δf/η>0 (Convention 1). A pair (ω,η)(\omega,\eta)(ω,η) is spherically symmetric at infinity if it is spherically symmetric on {r≥r0}\{r\ge r_0\}{r≥r0​} for some r0>0r_0>0r0​>0. Two vacuum solutions count as the same if they differ by an overall positive constant factor, which corresponds to rescaling ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2

For Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, the pair ω=Λ/3 r ∂r\omega=\sqrt{\Lambda/3}\,r\,\partial_rω=Λ/3​r∂r​, η=1\eta=1η=1 is a smooth vacuum solution that is spherically symmetric at infinity. Every smooth vacuum solution with η>0\eta>0η>0 and (∇⋅ω)/η>0(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta>0(∇⋅ω)/η>0 that is spherically symmetric at infinity has the form

η≡c,ω=cΛ/3  x(c>0).\eta\equiv c,\qquad \omega=c\sqrt{\Lambda/3}\;x\qquad(c>0).η≡c,ω=cΛ/3​x(c>0).

Milestones

Theorem 2 (equivalence with the elliptic form), Theorem 3 (arrow of time), Theorem 4 (ellipticity inequality), Lemma 1 (symmetrization), identity (82)–(83), Theorem 5 (uniqueness for the elliptic form under approximate spherical symmetry), Lemma 2 (Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0: many vacua) and Lemma 3 (Λ<0\Lambda<0Λ<0: no vacuum).

Significance

Corollary 2 is the fourth claim of the paper's main result (Theorem 1). It is the precise sense in which FFR with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 is rigid, in contrast to GR, which has many vacuum solutions that are spherically symmetric at infinity (gravitational waves). Together with Lemmas 2 and 3, it singles out the sign of Λ\LambdaΛ as the parameter that controls existence and uniqueness. The intermediate results are of independent use. Theorem 2 lets the elliptic system replace the original one, Theorem 4 is the ellipticity statement behind the existence question posed in the paper (Question 1), and Lemma 1 is a symmetrization inequality for the 222-Hessian operator σ2(∇2f)\sigma_2(\nabla^2 f)σ2​(∇2f).

These are paper proofs. No machine-checked version of any of them is known to the proposer. The mission asks for a complete formal proof of the goal and the milestones in Lean 4 with Mathlib.

Difficulty

The algebra is elementary. The difficulty is analytic. The uniqueness arguments rest on maximum principles for the elliptic equations (41) and (45) on all of R3\mathbb R^3R3 under conditions at infinity, on Liouville-type arguments for harmonic functions, and on a Newtonian-potential representation (convolution with the Green's function of Δ\DeltaΔ) used to show ζ→0\zeta\to0ζ→0. Lemma 1 needs averaging over rotations (spherical symmetrization), Jensen's inequality and a characterization of its equality case. Theorem 5 then needs a divergence-theorem argument on large balls that is controlled only by the approximate symmetry hypothesis. Mathlib provides the divergence theorem on boxes and some harmonic-function theory, but no ready-made maximum principle for second-order elliptic operators with variable coefficients on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

Formalization scope

  • Space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3). One-forms ω,ζ,J\omega,\zeta,Jω,ζ,J are vector fields R3→R3\mathbb R^3\to\mathbb R^3R3→R3, and the paper's ω\omegaω is written w in Lean. Partial derivatives are fderiv applied to the standard basis vectors. Because fderiv returns 000 at non-differentiable points, every statement assumes smoothness (ContDiff ℝ ∞) of all fields, as the paper does.
  • "Spherically symmetric" means invariance (for scalars) or equivariance (for one-forms) under all linear isometries of R3\mathbb R^3R3. Because SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) acts transitively on spheres, this is equivalent to rotational symmetry.
  • The spherical symmetrization fˉ(x)\bar f(x)fˉ​(x) is the average of fff over the sphere of radius ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, taken with respect to the surface measure volume.toSphere. "Approximately spherically symmetric at ∞\infty∞" is read as: f−fˉf-\bar ff−fˉ​ is bounded and r2 ∥∇2(f−fˉ)∥ ∥∇(f−fˉ)∥→0r^2\,\|\nabla^2(f-\bar f)\|\,\|\nabla(f-\bar f)\|\to0r2∥∇2(f−fˉ​)∥∥∇(f−fˉ​)∥→0 uniformly as r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞, using operator norms.
  • The arrow-of-time convention Δf/η>0\Delta f/\eta>0Δf/η>0 (respectively (∇⋅ω)/η>0(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta>0(∇⋅ω)/η>0) is an explicit hypothesis wherever the paper invokes it. Without it, f↦−ff\mapsto-ff↦−f (time reversal) produces a second solution.
  • Existence parts are stated with explicit witnesses. A formalization that drops smoothness, η>0\eta>0η>0 or the convention would be trivial or false, and is not acceptable.
  • Contributions such as maximum principles, Liouville theorems and spherical averaging in Rn\mathbb R^nRn are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate lemmas.

Selected references

  • H. L. Bray, B. Hamm, S. Hirsch, J. Wheeler, Y. Zhang, Flatly Foliated Relativity, arXiv:1911.00967v2, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.00967
  • L. Caffarelli, L. Nirenberg, J. Spruck, The Dirichlet problem for nonlinear second order elliptic equations, III: Functions of the eigenvalues of the Hessian, Acta Mathematica 155 (1985), 261–301 (cited in the paper for the existence theory of the J=0J=0J=0 case).
  • J. Corvino, R. M. Schoen, On the asymptotics for the vacuum Einstein constraint equations, Journal of Differential Geometry 73(2) (2006), 185–217 (cited in the paper for the comparison with GR).
22 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Captain: Lucas

Mass–Energy Equivalence (Wikipedia) I: E = mc², the Energy–Momentum Relation and the Low-Speed LimitTextbook

Motivation

Mass–energy equivalence is the relationship between mass and energy in a system's rest frame: the two differ only by the constant factor c2c^2c2, the square of the speed of light,

E=mc2.E = mc^2 .E=mc2.

It was proposed as a general principle by Albert Einstein in 1905 ("Does the inertia of a body depend upon its energy-content?") as a consequence of special relativity, and it underlies nuclear and particle physics: the mass defect of a nucleus measures its binding energy, and the energy released in fission or annihilation is accounted for by the change in rest mass.

Timeline. Electromagnetic-mass relations of the form m∝Eem/c2m \propto E_{em}/c^2m∝Eem​/c2 were considered in the late 1800s and by Poincaré (1900) and Hasenöhrl (1904). Einstein (1905) derived the relativistic kinetic energy Ek=mc2(γ−1)E_k = mc^2(\gamma-1)Ek​=mc2(γ−1) and stated that a body emitting energy LLL as radiation loses mass L/c2L/c^2L/c2. Planck, Stark, Lewis–Tolman and Lorentz (1907–1914) rewrote the relation in its modern forms, and von Laue (1911) gave a proof from the stress–energy tensor. This mission follows the Wikipedia article Mass–energy equivalence.

Setting

Velocities and momenta are vectors in R3\mathbb R^3R3 with Euclidean norm ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣. Fix a speed of light c>0c>0c>0. A body of rest mass m≥0m\ge0m≥0 moving with velocity v\mathbf vv, ∣v∣<c|\mathbf v|<c∣v∣<c, has

  • Lorentz factor γ=1/1−∣v∣2/c2\gamma = 1/\sqrt{1-|\mathbf v|^2/c^2}γ=1/1−∣v∣2/c2​,
  • relativistic energy Erel=γmc2E_{\mathrm{rel}} = \gamma mc^2Erel​=γmc2 and relativistic momentum p=γmv\mathbf p = \gamma m\mathbf vp=γmv,
  • rest energy E0=mc2E_0 = mc^2E0​=mc2, kinetic energy Ek=Erel−mc2E_k = E_{\mathrm{rel}} - mc^2Ek​=Erel​−mc2, and relativistic mass mrel=Erel/c2m_{\mathrm{rel}} = E_{\mathrm{rel}}/c^2mrel​=Erel​/c2.

For a finite system of free particles i∈si\in si∈s the invariant mass is M=c−2(∑iEi)2−c2∣∑ipi∣2M = c^{-2}\sqrt{(\sum_i E_i)^2 - c^2|\sum_i\mathbf p_i|^2}M=c−2(∑i​Ei​)2−c2∣∑i​pi​∣2​, the total energy over c2c^2c2 in the centre-of-momentum frame (zero total momentum). A Lorentz boost with speed ∣u∣<c|u|<c∣u∣<c along the first axis sends (E,p)(E,\mathbf p)(E,p) to E′=γu(E−up1)E' = \gamma_u(E-up_1)E′=γu​(E−up1​), p′=(γu(p1−uE/c2),p2,p3)\mathbf p' = (\gamma_u(p_1 - uE/c^2), p_2, p_3)p′=(γu​(p1​−uE/c2),p2​,p3​).

Formalization targets

Goal: energy–momentum relation

Erel2−∣p∣2c2=m02c4(c>0, m0≥0, ∣v∣<c).E_{\mathrm{rel}}^2 - |\mathbf p|^2c^2 = m_0^2c^4 \qquad (c>0,\ m_0\ge 0,\ |\mathbf v|<c).Erel2​−∣p∣2c2=m02​c4(c>0, m0​≥0, ∣v∣<c).

It contains E=mc2E=mc^2E=mc2 as the case p=0\mathbf p = 0p=0.

Milestones

  1. E=mc2E = mc^2E=mc2 in the rest frame (v=0⇒p=0, E=mc2\mathbf v = 0 \Rightarrow \mathbf p = 0,\ E = mc^2v=0⇒p=0, E=mc2).
  2. Erel=(m0c2)2+(pc)2E_{\mathrm{rel}} = \sqrt{(m_0c^2)^2 + (pc)^2}Erel​=(m0​c2)2+(pc)2​.
  3. Massless particles: E2−(pc)2=0E^2-(pc)^2 = 0E2−(pc)2=0, E,p≥0⇒E=pcE,p\ge0 \Rightarrow E = pcE,p≥0⇒E=pc.
  4. Relativistic mass: m0≤mrel=m0+Ek/c2m_0 \le m_{\mathrm{rel}} = m_0 + E_k/c^2m0​≤mrel​=m0​+Ek​/c2, with equality iff v=0\mathbf v = 0v=0 (for m0>0m_0>0m0​>0).
  5. Power series E=m0c2∑n(2nn)4−n(v/c)2n=m0c2[1+12(v/c)2+38(v/c)4+516(v/c)6+⋯ ]E = m_0c^2\sum_n \binom{2n}{n}4^{-n}(v/c)^{2n} = m_0c^2[1+\tfrac12(v/c)^2+\tfrac38(v/c)^4+\tfrac5{16}(v/c)^6+\cdots]E=m0​c2∑n​(n2n​)4−n(v/c)2n=m0​c2[1+21​(v/c)2+83​(v/c)4+165​(v/c)6+⋯].
  6. Correspondence principle: Ek=12m0v2+O(v4)E_k = \tfrac12 m_0v^2 + O(v^4)Ek​=21​m0​v2+O(v4) as v→0\mathbf v\to0v→0.
  7. Third-order approximation: E=m0c2+12m0v2(1+3v24c2)+O(v6)E = m_0c^2 + \tfrac12 m_0v^2(1+\tfrac{3v^2}{4c^2}) + O(v^6)E=m0​c2+21​m0​v2(1+4c23v2​)+O(v6).
  8. Parker Solar Probe: 3v24c2≈3.9×10−8\tfrac{3v^2}{4c^2}\approx 3.9\times10^{-8}4c23v2​≈3.9×10−8 for v=68 600v = 68\,600v=68600 m/s.
  9. c2=89 875 517 873 681 764c^2 = 89\,875\,517\,873\,681\,764c2=89875517873681764 J/kg.
  10. Boost invariance of E2−c2∣p∣2E^2 - c^2|\mathbf p|^2E2−c2∣p∣2: rest mass is the same in all inertial frames.
  11. Zero total momentum ⇒M=∑iEi/c2\Rightarrow M = \sum_i E_i/c^2⇒M=∑i​Ei​/c2.
  12. Non-additivity: ∑imi≤M\sum_i m_i \le M∑i​mi​≤M, with equality iff all constituents share one velocity.

Significance

The energy–momentum relation is the kinematic identity behind relativistic energy bookkeeping: rest energy, kinetic energy, invariant-mass reconstruction and the frame independence of rest mass all follow from it. The low-speed expansion makes precise in what sense Newtonian mechanics is the v≪cv\ll cv≪c limit of relativity. The composite-system statements formalize why, in relativity, mass is neither additive nor separately conserved while energy and momentum are conserved.

All results are classical and established in the physics literature. The mission produces machine-checked versions of these kinematic facts in a reusable R3\mathbb R^3R3-vector setting with an explicit speed of light.

Difficulty

Most single-particle statements are algebraic once the square roots are controlled; the work lies in handling the square-root and division conventions of a total formal language. The power-series milestone requires the binomial series of (1−x)−1/2(1-x)^{-1/2}(1−x)−1/2, and the asymptotic milestones require Taylor-type bounds near v=0\mathbf v = 0v=0. The non-additivity milestone is a reverse triangle inequality for future-pointing timelike four-vectors, including its equality case, which does not reduce to a one-line computation.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3) for R3\mathbb R^3R3, with explicit ccc (no natural units). All definitions are total functions: x=0\sqrt{x}=0x​=0 for x<0x<0x<0 and x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0, so every theorem assumes c>0c>0c>0 and ∣v∣<c|\mathbf v|<c∣v∣<c; rest masses are assumed non-negative. Massless particles cannot be described by velocity-based quantities (γ\gammaγ is undefined at ∣v∣=c|\mathbf v| = c∣v∣=c), so milestone 3 is phrased directly in terms of an energy–momentum pair. Only boosts along the first axis are formalized. Systems are finite and free (no interaction potential). Historical derivations (Einstein 1905, Rohrlich 1990) and the nuclear-physics applications are not formalized.

Selected references

  • A. Einstein, Ist die Trägheit eines Körpers von seinem Energieinhalt abhängig?, Annalen der Physik 18 (1905) 639–641. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.19053231314
  • A. Einstein, Zur Elektrodynamik bewegter Körper, Annalen der Physik 17 (1905) 891–921. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.19053221004
  • Wikipedia, Mass–energy equivalence. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mass%E2%80%93energy_equivalence
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: Lucas

Yukawa Potential: Fourier Transform, Screening and Scattering IdentitiesTextbook

Motivation

The Yukawa potential (or screened Coulomb potential)

VYukawa(r)=−g2 e−αmrrV_{\mathrm{Yukawa}}(r) = -g^2\,\frac{e^{-\alpha m r}}{r}VYukawa​(r)=−g2re−αmr​

was introduced by Hideki Yukawa in 1935 to model the short-range nuclear force as the exchange of a massive particle, later identified with the pion. The same profile reappears as the Debye–Hückel screened interaction in plasmas and electrolytes, as the static Green's function of the massive Klein–Gordon (screened Poisson) operator, and as the Newtonian correction in massive-graviton models. The mathematical facts behind these uses are classical, short, and stated in every textbook treatment — which makes them a natural, self-contained target for formalization: each one is an explicit identity of real analysis in three dimensions.

Timeline. Heisenberg (1932–33) proposed a short-range exchange interaction between nucleons; Fermi (1934) introduced exchange of light particles in beta decay; Yukawa (1935, Proc. Phys.-Math. Soc. Japan 17, 48) combined the two ideas, derived the potential above, and predicted a mediating particle of mass about 200 electron masses; the pion was observed in 1947.

Setting

Throughout, g∈Rg\in\mathbb Rg∈R is the coupling (amplitude) constant, α>0\alpha>0α>0 a scaling constant, m≥0m\ge 0m≥0 the mass of the exchanged particle and r>0r>0r>0 the radial distance; 1/(αm)1/(\alpha m)1/(αm) is the range. The potential is the function

V(r)=−g2 e−αmrr.V(r) = -g^2\,\frac{e^{-\alpha m r}}{r}.V(r)=−g2re−αmr​.

Points of space are x∈R3x\in\mathbb R^3x∈R3 with Euclidean norm ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, and the potential of a point source at the origin is x↦V(∣x∣)x\mapsto V(|x|)x↦V(∣x∣). The Laplacian Δ\DeltaΔ is the usual sum of unmixed second partial derivatives on R3\mathbb R^3R3. For a uniform, infinitesimally thin spherical shell of radius RRR with total scaling constant GGG, the potential felt by a point of scaling constant ggg located at xxx is

Vshell(x)=G g  14π∫S2e−αm∣x−Ru∣∣x−Ru∣ dσ(u),V_{\mathrm{shell}}(x) = G\,g\;\frac{1}{4\pi}\int_{S^2}\frac{e^{-\alpha m |x-Ru|}}{|x-Ru|}\,d\sigma(u),Vshell​(x)=Gg4π1​∫S2​∣x−Ru∣e−αm∣x−Ru∣​dσ(u),

the average over the unit sphere S2S^2S2 (uniform surface measure σ\sigmaσ) of the pair interaction.

Formalization targets

Goal — Fourier transform of the Yukawa potential

For αm>0\alpha m>0αm>0 and every k∈R3k\in\mathbb R^3k∈R3,

∫R3e−ik⋅x V(∣x∣) d3x  =  −g2 4π∣k∣2+(αm)2.\int_{\mathbb R^3} e^{-i k\cdot x}\,V(|x|)\,d^3x \;=\; -g^2\,\frac{4\pi}{|k|^2+(\alpha m)^2}.∫R3​e−ik⋅xV(∣x∣)d3x=−g2∣k∣2+(αm)24π​.

This is the identity the article's sections Fourier transform and Feynman amplitude rest on: the momentum-space Yukawa potential is the massive propagator 4π/(k2+(αm)2)4\pi/(k^2+(\alpha m)^2)4π/(k2+(αm)2) times −g2-g^2−g2.

Milestones (in the order of the article)

  1. Negativity and monotonicity — for g≠0g\neq0g=0, V<0V<0V<0 on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) and VVV is strictly increasing there.
  2. Massless limit — for m=0m=0m=0, V(r)=−g2⋅1rV(r) = -g^2\cdot\frac1rV(r)=−g2⋅r1​ (the Coulomb potential).
  3. Screened Poisson equation — Δ V(∣x∣)=(αm)2 V(∣x∣)\Delta\,V(|x|) = (\alpha m)^2\,V(|x|)ΔV(∣x∣)=(αm)2V(∣x∣) for x≠0x\neq0x=0.
  4. Inverse Fourier representation — for x≠0x\ne0x=0, V(∣x∣)=lim⁡Λ→∞−g2(2π)3∫∣k∣<Λeik⋅x4π∣k∣2+(αm)2 d3kV(|x|) = \lim_{\Lambda\to\infty} \frac{-g^2}{(2\pi)^3}\int_{|k|<\Lambda} e^{ik\cdot x}\frac{4\pi}{|k|^2+(\alpha m)^2}\,d^3kV(∣x∣)=limΛ→∞​(2π)3−g2​∫∣k∣<Λ​eik⋅x∣k∣2+(αm)24π​d3k.
  5. Born amplitude — −2μℏ2q∫0∞r V(r)sin⁡(qr) dr=2μg2ℏ2[(αm)2+q2]\frac{-2\mu}{\hbar^2 q}\int_0^\infty r\,V(r)\sin(qr)\,dr = \frac{2\mu g^2}{\hbar^2[(\alpha m)^2+q^2]}ℏ2q−2μ​∫0∞​rV(r)sin(qr)dr=ℏ2[(αm)2+q2]2μg2​ for q>0q>0q>0.
  6. Momentum transfer — ∣p⃗−p⃗′∣=2psin⁡(θ/2)|\vec p-\vec p'| = 2p\sin(\theta/2)∣p​−p​′∣=2psin(θ/2) when ∣p⃗∣=∣p⃗′∣=p|\vec p|=|\vec p'|=p∣p​∣=∣p​′∣=p and θ\thetaθ is the angle between them.
  7. Total cross section — 4μ2g4ℏ4∫0π2πsin⁡θ dθ[(αm)2+4p2sin⁡2(θ/2)]2=4μ2g4ℏ4 4π(αm)2[(αm)2+4p2]\frac{4\mu^2g^4}{\hbar^4}\int_0^\pi\frac{2\pi\sin\theta\,d\theta}{[(\alpha m)^2+4p^2\sin^2(\theta/2)]^2} = \frac{4\mu^2g^4}{\hbar^4}\,\frac{4\pi}{(\alpha m)^2[(\alpha m)^2+4p^2]}ℏ44μ2g4​∫0π​[(αm)2+4p2sin2(θ/2)]22πsinθdθ​=ℏ44μ2g4​(αm)2[(αm)2+4p2]4π​.
  8. Shell, exterior — for ∣x∣>R|x|>R∣x∣>R, Vshell(x)=Gg e−αm∣x∣∣x∣ sinh⁡(αmR)αmRV_{\mathrm{shell}}(x) = G g\,\frac{e^{-\alpha m|x|}}{|x|}\,\frac{\sinh(\alpha m R)}{\alpha m R}Vshell​(x)=Gg∣x∣e−αm∣x∣​αmRsinh(αmR)​.
  9. Shell, interior — for 0<∣x∣<R0<|x|<R0<∣x∣<R, Vshell(x)=Gg e−αmRR sinh⁡(αm∣x∣)αm∣x∣V_{\mathrm{shell}}(x) = G g\,\frac{e^{-\alpha m R}}{R}\,\frac{\sinh(\alpha m |x|)}{\alpha m |x|}Vshell​(x)=GgRe−αmR​αm∣x∣sinh(αm∣x∣)​.

Significance

The results. The Fourier identity is what makes the Yukawa potential the non-relativistic limit of single-meson exchange; milestone 3 identifies it as the Green's function of the screened Poisson operator −Δ+(αm)2-\Delta + (\alpha m)^2−Δ+(αm)2; milestones 5–7 give the Born-approximation scattering amplitude and the closed-form total cross section quoted in quantum mechanics textbooks (e.g. Griffiths); milestones 8–9 are the Yukawa analogue of Newton's shell theorem, whose failure to reduce to a point source of the same strength is the reason massive-graviton models violate the weak equivalence principle.

Formalizing them. All statements are classical and proved on paper. The mission produces machine-checked versions together with reusable infrastructure: three-dimensional Fourier integrals of radial functions, Laplacians of radial functions, spherical averages with respect to the surface measure, and conditionally convergent oscillatory integrals.

Difficulty

The individual computations are short on paper but each crosses a gap in the library. The goal requires reducing a three-dimensional Lebesgue integral of a radial function to a one-dimensional integral (polar coordinates in R3\mathbb R^3R3), then evaluating ∫0∞e−arsin⁡(kr) dr\int_0^\infty e^{-ar}\sin(kr)\,dr∫0∞​e−arsin(kr)dr. The inverse transform is not absolutely convergent — 1/(∣k∣2+a2)1/(|k|^2+a^2)1/(∣k∣2+a2) is not integrable on R3\mathbb R^3R3 — so the naive Lebesgue statement is false (it would assign the value 000); only the ball-truncated limit is meaningful, and its evaluation needs the improper integral ∫0∞ksin⁡(kr)k2+a2dk=π2e−ar\int_0^\infty \frac{k\sin(kr)}{k^2+a^2}dk = \frac{\pi}{2}e^{-ar}∫0∞​k2+a2ksin(kr)​dk=2π​e−ar. The shell theorem needs the surface measure on S2S^2S2 and the Archimedes-type change of variables u↦∣x−Ru∣u\mapsto |x-Ru|u↦∣x−Ru∣.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers; space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3) with Lebesgue measure. The potential is a single definition YukawaPotential.yukawaPotential g α m r; at r=0r=0r=0 Lean's division convention gives the junk value 000, so every statement either restricts to r>0r>0r>0 / x≠0x\neq0x=0 or integrates (where a single point is null). The physical conventions α>0\alpha>0α>0, m≥0m\ge0m≥0 (and m>0m>0m>0 where the article divides by αm\alpha mαm) are explicit hypotheses. The Fourier transform uses the convention V^(k)=∫e−ik⋅xV\hat V(k)=\int e^{-ik\cdot x}VV^(k)=∫e−ik⋅xV, V=(2π)−3∫eik⋅xV^V=(2\pi)^{-3}\int e^{ik\cdot x}\hat VV=(2π)−3∫eik⋅xV^; the inverse is stated as a limit over balls. The shell potential averages over the unit sphere with Mathlib's Measure.toSphere (uniform surface measure); since it is an average, its normalisation is irrelevant. The Laplacian is Mathlib's Laplacian.laplacian on inner-product spaces. Physical constants μ,ℏ\mu,\hbarμ,ℏ in milestones 5 and 7 are arbitrary reals: the identities hold without sign assumptions on them.

Out of scope: the historical mass estimate of the pion, the heuristic wave-equation derivation of the photon/pion dispersion relations, the perturbative asymptotic expansions of Schrödinger eigenvalues and Regge trajectories (stated in the source only up to unspecified O(K−7)\mathcal O(K^{-7})O(K−7) and "⋯\cdots⋯" terms), and the m→0m\to0m→0 limits of the shell formulas.

Contributions welcome: polar-coordinate integration for radial functions on R3\mathbb R^3R3, spherical-average lemmas, and the improper integrals above as standalone lemmas.

Selected references

  • H. Yukawa, On the interaction of elementary particles, Proc. Phys.-Math. Soc. Japan 17, 48 (1935). https://doi.org/10.11429/ppmsj1919.17.0_48
  • D. J. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, Cambridge University Press (2017), p. 415.
  • R. P. Feynman, R. B. Leighton, M. Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, Vol. II, Ch. 28 (1964). https://www.feynmanlectures.caltech.edu/II_28.html
  • K. McDonald, A Naïve Estimate of the Coupling Constant in Yukawa Theory (1984/2021). http://kirkmcd.princeton.edu/examples/yukawa.pdf
  • Wikipedia, Yukawa potential, revision 1371658231. https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Yukawa_potential&oldid=1371658231
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityQuantum Information·Captain: Lucas

Hardy 2001 I: Five Reasonable Axioms — Degrees of Freedom K = N^rResearch Paper

Motivation

In the usual textbook presentation, quantum theory starts from postulates that have no obvious operational meaning: states are density operators on a complex Hilbert space, measurements are positive operators, and probabilities are given by the trace formula p=tr(A^ρ^)p=\mathrm{tr}(\hat A\hat\rho)p=tr(A^ρ^​). In Quantum Theory From Five Reasonable Axioms (Hardy 2001), Lucien Hardy asks whether this structure can instead be derived from simple statements about preparations, transformations and measurements, in the same way that classical probability theory can be set up by pure thought. He proposes five axioms (probabilities, simplicity, subspaces, composite systems, continuity) and argues that they single out finite- and countably-infinite-dimensional quantum theory. Dropping a single word, "continuous" in Axiom 5, leaves classical probability theory instead.

The paper is one of the starting points of the operational or generalized probabilistic theory (GPT) approach to the foundations of quantum mechanics. It was followed by reconstructions that replace the simplicity axiom, e.g. Dakić–Brukner 2009, Masanes–Müller 2011 and Chiribella–D'Ariano–Perinotti 2011.

Setting

A system is described by two integers. The dimension NNN is the maximum number of states that can be distinguished in a single-shot measurement. The number of degrees of freedom KKK is the minimum number of probability measurements needed to determine the state. The state is the vector p=(p1,…,pK)∈RKp=(p^1,\dots,p^K)\in\mathbb R^Kp=(p1,…,pK)∈RK of the probabilities of KKK fiducial measurements. States are not assumed normalized: the null state p=0p=0p=0 (no system present) is allowed. The set SSS of allowed states is convex, and its pure states are its extremal points other than 000.

The five axioms are:

  1. Probabilities. Relative frequencies converge to the same limit for every ensemble prepared by a given preparation.
  2. Simplicity. K=K(N)K=K(N)K=K(N) is a function of N=1,2,…N=1,2,\dotsN=1,2,…, and for each NNN it takes the minimum value consistent with the axioms.
  3. Subspaces. A system whose state is constrained to an MMM-dimensional subspace behaves like a system of dimension MMM.
  4. Composite systems. A composite of systems AAA and BBB has N=NANBN=N_AN_BN=NA​NB​ and K=KAKBK=K_AK_BK=KA​KB​.
  5. Continuity. Between any two pure states there is a continuous reversible transformation.

A probability theory can be summarized by its signature x=(x1,x2,… )x=(x_1,x_2,\dots)x=(x1​,x2​,…), defined through

K=Nx1+12!N(N−1)x2+13!N(N−1)(N−2)x3+⋯=∑k≥1(Nk)xk.K=Nx_1+\tfrac1{2!}N(N-1)x_2+\tfrac1{3!}N(N-1)(N-2)x_3+\cdots=\sum_{k\ge1}\binom Nk x_k .K=Nx1​+2!1​N(N−1)x2​+3!1​N(N−1)(N−2)x3​+⋯=k≥1∑​(kN​)xk​.

Classical probability theory has x=(1,0,0,… )x=(1,0,0,\dots)x=(1,0,0,…) and K=NK=NK=N. Complex quantum theory has x=(1,2,0,… )x=(1,2,0,\dots)x=(1,2,0,…) and K=N2K=N^2K=N2. Real and quaternionic quantum theory have x=(1,1,0,… )x=(1,1,0,\dots)x=(1,1,0,…) and x=(1,4,0,… )x=(1,4,0,\dots)x=(1,4,0,…).

Formalization targets

Goal: K(N)=NrK(N)=N^rK(N)=Nr

Section 8.1 shows that Axiom 3 forces K(N+1)≥K(N)+1K(N+1)\ge K(N)+1K(N+1)≥K(N)+1, and Axiom 4 forces K(NANB)=K(NA)K(NB)K(N_AN_B)=K(N_A)K(N_B)K(NA​NB​)=K(NA​)K(NB​). The goal theorem is the purely arithmetic consequence (Eq. (57)):

K(N+1)≥K(N)+1  and  K(NANB)=K(NA)K(NB)  (N,NA,NB≥1)⟹∃r∈{1,2,3,… }: K(N)=Nr  ∀N≥1.K(N+1)\ge K(N)+1\ \text{ and }\ K(N_AN_B)=K(N_A)K(N_B)\ \ (N,N_A,N_B\ge1)\quad\Longrightarrow\quad \exists r\in\{1,2,3,\dots\}:\ K(N)=N^r\ \ \forall N\ge1 .K(N+1)≥K(N)+1  and  K(NA​NB​)=K(NA​)K(NB​)  (N,NA​,NB​≥1)⟹∃r∈{1,2,3,…}: K(N)=Nr  ∀N≥1.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own steps, in the paper's numbering:

  • Appendix 2: a strictly increasing, completely multiplicative KKK on the positive integers satisfies K(n)=nαK(n)=n^\alphaK(n)=nα. Section 8.1: if every nαn^\alphanα is an integer, then α\alphaα is a positive integer.
  • Section 6.6 / Appendix 1: measured probabilities are linear in the state, pmeas=r⋅pp_{\rm meas}=r\cdot ppmeas​=r⋅p. Section 6.7: transformations act as matrices, p↦Zpp\mapsto Zpp↦Zp. Section 7: reversible transformations send pure states to pure states.
  • Section 4 / 8.5: in classical probability theory the pure states are exactly the NNN basis states, and no continuous path of pure states joins two distinct ones. The equations ∑k(pk)2=1\sum_k(p^k)^2=1∑k​(pk)2=1, 0≤pk≤10\le p^k\le10≤pk≤1, ∑kpk=1\sum_kp^k=1∑k​pk=1 force a basis vector.
  • Sections 5 and 8.1: the signatures of the classical, quantum, real, quaternionic and K=N3K=N^3K=N3 theories, and the failure of K=KAKBK=K_AK_BK=KA​KB​ for real (too many) and quaternionic (too few) composites.
  • Section 5: the N2N^2N2 projectors ∣n⟩⟨n∣|n\rangle\langle n|∣n⟩⟨n∣, ∣mn⟩x⟨mn∣|mn\rangle_x\langle mn|∣mn⟩x​⟨mn∣, ∣mn⟩y⟨mn∣|mn\rangle_y\langle mn|∣mn⟩y​⟨mn∣ are linearly independent over R\mathbb RR and span the Hermitian operators.
  • Sections 5 and 8.6 (N=2N=2N=2): the overlap formula (35) for ccc; det⁡D>0  ⟺  c−<c<c+\det D>0 \iff c_-<c<c_+detD>0⟺c−​<c<c+​; the decomposition rTDr′=v⃗ TAv⃗′+μμ′/2r^TDr'=\vec v^{\,T}A\vec v'+\mu\mu'/2rTDr′=vTAv′+μμ′/2; AAA positive definite   ⟺  c−<c<c+\iff c_-<c<c_+⟺c−​<c<c+​; the Bloch matrix (87).
  • Section 8.7 (N=3N=3N=3): the 9×99\times99×9 matrix Dij=tr(P^iP^j)D_{ij}=\mathrm{tr}(\hat P_i\hat P_j)Dij​=tr(P^i​P^j​) with h=1/2h=1/2h=1/2, q=1/4q=1/4q=1/4.

Significance

The goal is the step at which the two structural axioms (subspaces and composites) cut the space of possible theories down to a single integer parameter rrr. Combined with Section 8.5, which rules out r=1r=1r=1 by continuity, and with the simplicity axiom, it gives K=N2K=N^2K=N2. Everything after that in the paper (the Bloch sphere, general NNN, the trace formula, complete positivity) is carried out inside the K=N2K=N^2K=N2 case. The milestones on signatures make precise in which sense real and quaternionic quantum theory are excluded: their degree-of-freedom counts are not multiplicative under composition.

The paper's argument is informal physics. This mission isolates the mathematically precise statements that the argument relies on, so that they can be proved independently of the physical interpretation. It does not formalize the axioms themselves as a single Lean structure.

Difficulty

The arithmetic goal is an instance of a classical question about monotone completely multiplicative functions. Complete multiplicativity alone fixes KKK only through its values at the primes, which are a priori unrelated to one another, and monotonicity is the only link between different primes. The step from a real exponent α\alphaα to an integer exponent is a separate integrality argument that the paper does not spell out. The linearity milestones need care because the hypotheses hold only on a convex set containing 000, not on all of RK\mathbb R^KRK. The N=2N=2N=2 milestones are explicit but delicate algebra with square roots and boundary cases a,b∈{0,1}a,b\in\{0,1\}a,b∈{0,1}.

Formalization scope

  • All theorems live in the namespace HardyFiveAxioms. State vectors are functions Fin K → ℝ. Indices are 000-based, so the paper's fiducial vector kkk is index k−1k-1k−1.
  • K(N)K(N)K(N) is a function ℕ → ℕ (goal) or ℕ → ℝ (Appendix 2), constrained only at arguments ≥1\ge1≥1. The value at 000 is irrelevant.
  • The signature is a finite list [x₁, …, x_L], and 1k!N(N−1)⋯(N−k+1)\frac1{k!}N(N-1)\cdots(N-k+1)k!1​N(N−1)⋯(N−k+1) is written as the binomial coefficient (Nk)\binom Nk(kN​).
  • Pure states are Set.extremePoints ℝ S \ {0}. The classical state space is {p≥0, ∑npn≤1}\{p\ge0,\ \sum_np_n\le1\}{p≥0, ∑n​pn​≤1}.
  • The quantum projectors are explicit matrices vecMulVec v (star v) over ℂ, and the qubit matrices DDD, CCC, AAA and the roots c±c_\pmc±​ are explicit definitions.
  • Axiom 5's "continuous reversible transformation" enters only through the classical milestone, as a continuous path unitInterval → ℝᴺ that stays inside the pure states.
  • The goal does not assume the conclusion in disguise. Its hypotheses are the two consequences of Axioms 3 and 4 derived in Section 8.1. It is not vacuous: K(N)=NrK(N)=N^rK(N)=Nr satisfies both hypotheses for every r≥1r\ge1r≥1.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. The linearity, extreme-point and positive-definiteness lemmas are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • L. Hardy, Quantum Theory From Five Reasonable Axioms, arXiv:quant-ph/0101012v4, 2001. https://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/0101012
  • B. Dakić, Č. Brukner, Quantum Theory and Beyond: Is Entanglement Special?, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.0695
  • Ll. Masanes, M. P. Müller, A derivation of quantum theory from physical requirements, New J. Phys. 13, 063001, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1004.1483
  • G. Chiribella, G. M. D'Ariano, P. Perinotti, Informational derivation of quantum theory, Phys. Rev. A 84, 012311, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.6451
25 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Captain: Lucas

Albers–Kiefer–Reginatto 2008 II: Hybrid Nordström Model and the Oscillator EnsembleResearch Paper

Motivation

Whether the gravitational field must be quantized is a long-standing foundational question. One family of arguments, due to DeWitt (1962) and Eppley and Hannah (1977), claims that consistency alone forces quantization: a classical field coupled to a quantum system would supposedly violate momentum conservation, the uncertainty relations, or the impossibility of superluminal signalling. Albers, Kiefer and Reginatto (Phys. Rev. D 78, 064051 (2008)) dispute this claim. In their Sec. IV they give an explicit counterexample: a hybrid model in which a classical gravitational wave interacts with a quantized massive scalar field. The model is the two-dimensional scalar theory of gravity of Nordström, written in the formalism of ensembles in configuration space.

This mission is the second one on this paper. The first, Albers–Kiefer–Reginatto 2008: Measurement Analysis and Quantum Gravity, formalizes Sec. II (the reduced state of photon 2), Sec. III B and Sec. V, and lists Sec. IV and the appendices as out of scope. This mission covers the explicit non-interacting solution of Sec. IV A and the harmonic-oscillator analogy of Appendix A, which the authors use to interpret it.

Timeline.

  • 1912–13: Nordström's scalar theory of gravity.
  • 1962: DeWitt's measurement analysis argues that quantizing one system forces quantization of every system it couples to.
  • 1977: Eppley and Hannah's gedanken experiment with a classical gravitational wave and a quantum particle.
  • 2008: Albers, Kiefer and Reginatto construct a consistent hybrid classical–quantum model and solve it explicitly for g=0g=0g=0, and to first order in ggg for a class of states.

Setting

Ensembles in configuration space. The state of the gravitational field ϕ\phiϕ together with the scalar field ψ\psiψ is a probability functional P[ϕ,ψ,t]P[\phi,\psi,t]P[ϕ,ψ,t] and a conjugate functional S[ϕ,ψ,t]S[\phi,\psi,t]S[ϕ,ψ,t]. They obey a modified Hamilton–Jacobi equation (37) and a continuity equation (38). The coupling constant is ggg. For g=0g=0g=0 the authors use the ansatz S=Sc[ϕ,t]−EqtS=S^c[\phi,t]-E^qtS=Sc[ϕ,t]−Eqt and P=Pc[ϕ,t]Pq[ψ]P=P^c[\phi,t]P^q[\psi]P=Pc[ϕ,t]Pq[ψ], with Gaussian functionals

Sc=12∬ϕyFyz(t)ϕz,Pc=Nc(t) e−12∬(ϕa−βa)Kab(ϕb−βb),S^c=\tfrac12\iint\phi_yF_{yz}(t)\phi_z,\qquad P^c=N^c(t)\,e^{-\frac12\iint(\phi_a-\beta_a)K_{ab}(\phi_b-\beta_b)},Sc=21​∬ϕy​Fyz​(t)ϕz​,Pc=Nc(t)e−21​∬(ϕa​−βa​)Kab​(ϕb​−βb​),

and a one-particle Gaussian PqP^qPq with kernel GGG. Substituting the ansatz yields the kernel equations (43)–(48).

Mode representation. Every kernel is expanded in real orthonormal eigenfunctions f(k)f^{(k)}f(k) of −∂x2-\partial_x^2−∂x2​ with eigenvalue k2k^2k2. A kernel Axy=∑kAkfx(k)fy(k)A_{xy}=\sum_kA_kf^{(k)}_xf^{(k)}_yAxy​=∑k​Ak​fx(k)​fy(k)​ is then represented by its mode coefficient AkA_kAk​. Under this expansion ∫dx AyxBxz↦AkBk\int dx\,A_{yx}B_{xz}\mapsto A_kB_k∫dxAyx​Bxz​↦Ak​Bk​, ∂z2δ(y−z)↦−k2\partial_z^2\delta(y-z)\mapsto-k^2∂z2​δ(y−z)↦−k2, and ∫dx Axx↦∑kAk\int dx\,A_{xx}\mapsto\sum_kA_k∫dxAxx​↦∑k​Ak​. The paper's solution is

Fk=−ktan⁡(kt),Gk=k2+m2,Kk=τkcos⁡2(kt),βk=wkcos⁡(kt),Nc∼1∏kcos⁡(kt),F_k=-k\tan(kt),\quad G_k=\sqrt{k^2+m^2},\quad K_k=\frac{\tau_k}{\cos^2(kt)},\quad \beta_k=w_k\cos(kt),\quad N^c\sim\frac{1}{\prod_k\cos(kt)},Fk​=−ktan(kt),Gk​=k2+m2​,Kk​=cos2(kt)τk​​,βk​=wk​cos(kt),Nc∼∏k​cos(kt)1​,

Eqs. (49)–(51), (54), (55), where τk\tau_kτk​ and wkw_kwk​ are arbitrary constants.

Oscillator ensemble (Appendix A). For a unit-mass oscillator of frequency ω\omegaω, a state is a pair (Posc,Sosc)(P_{\mathrm{osc}},S_{\mathrm{osc}})(Posc​,Sosc​). It satisfies S˙+12(∂xS)2+12ω2x2=0\dot S+\frac12(\partial_xS)^2+\frac12\omega^2x^2=0S˙+21​(∂x​S)2+21​ω2x2=0 and P˙+∂x(P ∂xS)=0\dot P+\partial_x(P\,\partial_xS)=0P˙+∂x​(P∂x​S)=0. The paper takes Sosc=−ωx22tan⁡(ωt)S_{\mathrm{osc}}=-\frac{\omega x^2}{2}\tan(\omega t)Sosc​=−2ωx2​tan(ωt), and the Gaussian

Posc(x,t)=τ2πcos⁡2(ωt)exp⁡{−12τcos⁡2(ωt)(x−wcos⁡(ωt))2}.P_{\mathrm{osc}}(x,t)=\sqrt{\frac{\tau}{2\pi\cos^2(\omega t)}}\exp\Bigl\{-\frac12\frac{\tau}{\cos^2(\omega t)}\bigl(x-w\cos(\omega t)\bigr)^2\Bigr\}.Posc​(x,t)=2πcos2(ωt)τ​​exp{−21​cos2(ωt)τ​(x−wcos(ωt))2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: the non-interacting solution of Sec. IV A

For every finite family of modes and every time ttt with cos⁡(kit)≠0\cos(k_it)\neq0cos(ki​t)=0, the coefficients (49)–(51), (54), (55) satisfy the mode forms of Eqs. (44), (45), (46), (47) and (48).

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (44)/(49): F˙k+Fk2+k2=0\dot F_k+F_k^2+k^2=0F˙k​+Fk2​+k2=0.
  2. Eqs. (45)/(50): Gk2=k2+m2G_k^2=k^2+m^2Gk2​=k2+m2.
  3. Eqs. (46)/(55): N˙c/Nc−12ddt∑kβkKkβk+∑kFk=0\dot N^c/N^c-\frac12\frac{d}{dt}\sum_k\beta_kK_k\beta_k+\sum_kF_k=0N˙c/Nc−21​dtd​∑k​βk​Kk​βk​+∑k​Fk​=0.
  4. Eqs. (47)/(54): ddt(βkKk)+βkKkFk=0\frac{d}{dt}(\beta_kK_k)+\beta_kK_kF_k=0dtd​(βk​Kk​)+βk​Kk​Fk​=0.
  5. Eqs. (48)/(51): −12K˙k−KkFk=0-\frac12\dot K_k-K_kF_k=0−21​K˙k​−Kk​Fk​=0.
  6. Appendix A: SoscS_{\mathrm{osc}}Sosc​ solves the Hamilton–Jacobi equation.
  7. Appendix A: on ∣ωt∣<π/2|\omega t|<\pi/2∣ωt∣<π/2, the C1C^1C1 solutions of the continuity equation are exactly P=1cos⁡(ωt)f(xcos⁡(ωt))P=\frac{1}{\cos(\omega t)}f(\frac{x}{\cos(\omega t)})P=cos(ωt)1​f(cos(ωt)x​).
  8. Appendix A: PoscP_{\mathrm{osc}}Posc​ solves the continuity equation.
  9. Appendix A: at t=0t=0t=0, ∫P=1\int P=1∫P=1, ⟨x⟩=w\langle x\rangle=w⟨x⟩=w, Δx=τ−1/2\Delta x=\tau^{-1/2}Δx=τ−1/2, ⟨p⟩=0\langle p\rangle=0⟨p⟩=0 and Δp=0\Delta p=0Δp=0.
  10. Appendix A: Posc→δ0P_{\mathrm{osc}}\to\delta_0Posc​→δ0​ weakly as ωt→±π2,±3π2,…\omega t\to\pm\frac\pi2,\pm\frac{3\pi}2,\dotsωt→±2π​,±23π​,…
  11. Appendix A: E=⟨−∂tSosc⟩=12ω2(τ−1+w2)E=\langle-\partial_tS_{\mathrm{osc}}\rangle=\frac12\omega^2(\tau^{-1}+w^2)E=⟨−∂t​Sosc​⟩=21​ω2(τ−1+w2).

Significance

The goal is the precise content of the paper's explicit g=0g=0g=0 solution. It is the base point of the first-order hybrid solution in Sec. IV B, and it underlies the paper's counterexample to DeWitt's claim that "the quantization of a given system implies also the quantization of any other system to which it can be coupled". Appendix A provides the interpretation of that solution: the classical sector behaves like an oscillator ensemble prepared with zero momentum and no momentum uncertainty but localized in space.

Formalization adds exact hypotheses: where the cosines must be non-zero, the regularity under which the paper's "most general solution" claim holds, and a correction to the printed energy formula. The paper prints E=12ω2τ−1E=\frac12\omega^2\tau^{-1}E=21​ω2τ−1, which is correct only for w=0w=0w=0; Milestone 11 targets the corrected value. None of these statements has a machine-checked proof on the platform.

Difficulty

The Sec. IV A identities are trigonometric computations once they are reduced to modes, so their difficulty lies mainly in the side conditions. Milestone 7 is a uniqueness statement for a first-order linear PDE on a strip. It requires an argument along characteristics: exhibiting a solution is not enough. Milestones 9–11 are Gaussian integrals, and Milestone 10 is a weak limit of Gaussians whose variance tends to 000 while the centre tends to 000.

Formalization scope

  • All fields are real. The mode family is a finite index type, a truncation of the paper's sums and of the formal infinite product in NcN^cNc. The kernel equations are stated mode by mode.
  • NcN^cNc is fixed to the representative 1/∏kcos⁡(kt)1/\prod_k\cos(kt)1/∏k​cos(kt) of the paper's "∼\sim∼".
  • Time derivatives and partial derivatives are one-variable derivatives. Lean returns 000 for tan, division, and deriv at degenerate points, so every statement assumes cos⁡≠0\cos\neq0cos=0 where it is needed.
  • Milestone 7 assumes PPP is C1C^1C1 on R2\mathbb R^2R2 and is stated on ∣t∣<π/(2ω)|t|<\pi/(2\omega)∣t∣<π/(2ω) with ω>0\omega>0ω>0.
  • Eqs. (43) and (53), which involve the divergent zero-point energy, and the first-order solution of Sec. IV B are out of scope.

Selected references

  • M. Albers, C. Kiefer, M. Reginatto, Measurement analysis and quantum gravity, Phys. Rev. D 78, 064051, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.064051
  • K. Eppley, E. Hannah, The necessity of quantizing the gravitational field, Found. Phys. 7, 51–68, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00715241
  • B. S. DeWitt, Definition of commutators via the uncertainty principle, J. Math. Phys. 3, 619, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1724265
13 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Captain: Lucas

Holographic Quantum Matter I: Scalar Fields in AdS and the Mass–Dimension RelationResearch Paper

Motivation

In the holographic correspondence (AdS/CFT), a strongly coupled quantum field theory in d+1d+1d+1 spacetime dimensions is described by classical gravity on an (d+2)(d+2)(d+2)-dimensional anti-de Sitter spacetime. The first entry of the dictionary relates a scalar field of mass mmm in the bulk to a scalar operator O\mathcal OO of scaling dimension Δ\DeltaΔ in the boundary theory. This relation is used throughout applications to condensed matter ("AdS/CMT"): it fixes which operators are relevant, how sources and expectation values are read off from bulk solutions, and when a bulk field signals an instability towards an ordered phase (Hartnoll–Lucas–Sachdev, §1.6.2 and §6.2; see also Natsuume, AdS/CFT Duality User Guide).

This mission formalizes the elementary ODE facts behind that entry of the dictionary, as stated in the review of Hartnoll, Lucas and Sachdev.

Setting

The boundary theory has ddd spatial dimensions. The bulk is Poincaré AdSd+2\mathrm{AdS}_{d+2}AdSd+2​ of radius L>0L>0L>0,

ds2=L2 −dt2+dx⃗d2+dr2r2,ds^2=L^2\,\frac{-dt^2+d\vec x_d^2+dr^2}{r^2},ds2=L2r2−dt2+dxd2​+dr2​,

with the conformal boundary at r→0r\to0r→0. A scalar of mass squared m2∈Rm^2\in\mathbb Rm2∈R (possibly negative) obeys ∇2ϕ=m2ϕ\nabla^2\phi=m^2\phi∇2ϕ=m2ϕ. Writing ϕ=ϕ(r)e−iωt+ik⋅x\phi=\phi(r)e^{-i\omega t+ik\cdot x}ϕ=ϕ(r)e−iωt+ik⋅x gives the radial equation (27)

ϕ′′−drϕ′+(ω2−k2−m2L2r2)ϕ=0,r>0.\phi''-\frac{d}{r}\phi'+\Big(\omega^2-k^2-\frac{m^2L^2}{r^2}\Big)\phi=0,\qquad r>0 .ϕ′′−rd​ϕ′+(ω2−k2−r2m2L2​)ϕ=0,r>0.

Near the boundary, solutions behave as powers rΔr^{\Delta}rΔ with the mass–dimension relation (29)

Δ(Δ−d−1)=m2L2,\Delta(\Delta-d-1)=m^2L^2,Δ(Δ−d−1)=m2L2,

whose roots are

Δ±=d+12±(d+1)24+m2L2.\Delta_\pm=\frac{d+1}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{(d+1)^2}{4}+m^2L^2}.Δ±​=2d+1​±4(d+1)2​+m2L2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the two integration constants (eq. (28) at ω=k=0\omega=k=0ω=k=0)

For m2L2>−(d+1)2/4m^2L^2>-(d+1)^2/4m2L2>−(d+1)2/4, a C2C^2C2 function ϕ\phiϕ on r>0r>0r>0 solves the radial equation with ω=k=0\omega=k=0ω=k=0 if and only if

ϕ(r)=A rΔ−+B rΔ+(r>0)\phi(r)=A\,r^{\Delta_-}+B\,r^{\Delta_+}\quad(r>0)ϕ(r)=ArΔ−​+BrΔ+​(r>0)

for some constants A,BA,BA,B. These are the two constants of integration ϕ(0)\phi_{(0)}ϕ(0)​ (source) and ϕ(1)\phi_{(1)}ϕ(1)​ (response) of (28); at ω=k=0\omega=k=0ω=k=0 the expansion (28) is exact.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (29). rΔr^{\Delta}rΔ solves the ω=k=0\omega=k=0ω=k=0 radial equation iff Δ(Δ−d−1)=m2L2\Delta(\Delta-d-1)=m^2L^2Δ(Δ−d−1)=m2L2.
  2. Roots. For m2L2≥−(d+1)2/4m^2L^2\ge-(d+1)^2/4m2L2≥−(d+1)2/4 the real roots of (29) are exactly Δ±\Delta_\pmΔ±​.
  3. Reflection. d+1−Δ±=Δ∓d+1-\Delta_\pm=\Delta_\mpd+1−Δ±​=Δ∓​.
  4. Breitenlohner–Freedman bound (627). (29) has a real root iff m2L2≥−(d+1)2/4m^2L^2\ge-(d+1)^2/4m2L2≥−(d+1)2/4 (here Deff=d+1D_{\rm eff}=d+1Deff​=d+1).

Significance

The result itself. The goal says the space of zero-momentum solutions is two-dimensional and spanned by the two power laws, which is why a bulk scalar carries exactly one source and one response and why the source term scales as rd+1−Δr^{d+1-\Delta}rd+1−Δ. The Breitenlohner–Freedman bound identifies the masses for which Δ\DeltaΔ becomes complex, the criterion used in §6.2 to detect infrared instabilities.

Formalizing it. These facts are standard and proved in the physics literature at the level of rigor of a textbook computation. No machine-checked version is known to the drafter. The mission produces a small reusable layer (radial operator, solution predicate, exponents Δ±\Delta_\pmΔ±​) on which later statements of the review can build.

Difficulty

The milestones about Δ±\Delta_\pmΔ±​ are algebra. The goal needs uniqueness for a second-order linear ODE with a regular singular point at r=0r=0r=0, on the open half-line: the naive "guess the power laws" argument only shows that ArΔ−+BrΔ+A r^{\Delta_-}+Br^{\Delta_+}ArΔ−​+BrΔ+​ are solutions, not that every C2C^2C2 solution is of this form. Mathlib's ODE uniqueness results are stated for Lipschitz vector fields, so an Euler-type equation has to be reduced to that setting (or handled by a change of variables) on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).

Formalization scope

Fields are real-valued functions R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R; only values on r>0r>0r>0 matter. Derivatives are Mathlib's deriv, and solutions are required to be C2C^2C2 on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). The mass squared is a real parameter msq of any sign; ddd is a natural number and d=0d=0d=0 is allowed. Δ±\Delta_\pmΔ±​ use the real square root, which is 000 on negative input, so every statement that relies on Δ±\Delta_\pmΔ±​ being roots carries the Breitenlohner–Freedman hypothesis. The goal uses the strict bound, which excludes the saturating case Δ+=Δ−\Delta_+=\Delta_-Δ+​=Δ−​ where a logarithmic solution appears. Only ω=k=0\omega=k=0ω=k=0 is formalized; the general-ω,k\omega,kω,k asymptotic expansion (28), with Bessel-function solutions (37) and resonant logarithms, is out of scope.

Selected references

  • S. A. Hartnoll, A. Lucas, S. Sachdev, Holographic quantum matter, MIT Press, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.07324
  • M. Natsuume, AdS/CFT Duality User Guide, Lecture Notes in Physics 903, Springer, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1409.3575
  • P. Breitenlohner, D. Z. Freedman, Positive energy in anti-de Sitter backgrounds and gauged extended supergravity, Phys. Lett. B 115 (1982) 197–201 (reference [111] of Hartnoll–Lucas–Sachdev).
6 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Probability·Captain: wurtle

Critical bond and site percolation on the cubic latticeResearch Paper

Motivation

Bernoulli percolation is the simplest model of a random medium: each edge (or each vertex) of a lattice is independently kept open with probability ppp, and one studies the connected components (clusters) of open edges or vertices. As ppp increases, an infinite cluster appears at a critical parameter pcp_cpc​. Whether an infinite cluster already exists at pcp_cpc​ decides whether the phase transition is continuous, and it is the basic question about critical behaviour. On the nearest-neighbour cubic lattice Z3\mathbb Z^3Z3 it has been a central open problem of probability and statistical physics since the 1980s; the dimensions where it was settled were d=2d=2d=2 and sufficiently high ddd.

Timeline

  • 1957. Broadbent and Hammersley introduce percolation as a model of transport through a random medium (doi:10.1017/S0305004100032680).
  • 1960. Harris proves that there is no infinite cluster at p=1/2p=1/2p=1/2 for bond percolation on Z2\mathbb Z^2Z2 (doi:10.1017/S0305004100034241).
  • 1980. Kesten identifies the square-lattice bond threshold as 1/21/21/2, which with Harris's theorem gives critical nonpercolation for planar bonds (doi:10.1007/BF01197577).
  • 1981. Russo proves critical nonpercolation for site percolation on the square lattice (doi:10.1007/BF00535742).
  • 1990. Hara and Slade establish mean-field critical behaviour, including θ(pc)=0\theta(p_c)=0θ(pc​)=0, in sufficiently high dimension via the lace expansion (doi:10.1007/BF02108785). Grimmett and Marstrand prove that slab thresholds converge to pcp_cpc​ and develop dynamic renormalization (doi:10.1098/rspa.1990.0100).
  • 1996. Benjamini and Schramm conjecture that θ(pc)=0\theta(p_c)=0θ(pc​)=0 on every quasi-transitive graph with pc<1p_c<1pc​<1 (doi:10.1214/ECP.v1-978).
  • 2016. Duminil-Copin, Sidoravicius and Tassion prove critical nonpercolation for bond percolation on slabs Z2×{0,…,k}\mathbb Z^2\times\{0,\dots,k\}Z2×{0,…,k} (doi:10.1002/cpa.21641); this does not by itself give the full Z3\mathbb Z^3Z3 result.
  • 2017. Fitzner and van der Hofstad reach the nearest-neighbour bond range d≥11d\ge 11d≥11 (doi:10.1214/17-EJP56).
  • 2020. Heydenreich and Matzke give a detailed site lace-expansion treatment in high dimension (doi:10.1007/s10955-020-02607-y).
  • 2024. Kozma and Nitzan reduce θ(pc)=0\theta(p_c)=0θ(pc​)=0 to a conjectured multiplicative gluing inequality (arXiv:2401.12397).
  • 2026. Public, non-peer-reviewed announcements report AI-assisted proofs of critical nonpercolation, including a reported Lean formalization for bonds on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd, d≥2d\ge2d≥2 (Leder, August 2026).

The source of this mission is an OpenAI preprint dated September 24, 2026, giving a self-contained argument for both bond and site percolation on Z3\mathbb Z^3Z3.

Setting

Vertices are x∈Z3x\in\mathbb Z^3x∈Z3; xxx and yyy are nearest neighbours if y=x±eiy=x\pm e_iy=x±ei​ for a coordinate vector eie_iei​.

  • Bond model. Each edge {x,x+ei}\{x,x+e_i\}{x,x+ei​} is open independently with probability ppp. Two vertices are connected if an open path joins them (a path of zero edges is allowed).
  • Site model. Each vertex is open independently with probability ppp. Two vertices are connected if a nearest-neighbour path joins them with every vertex open, endpoints included; in particular the cluster of a closed vertex is empty.

Let Pp\mathbb P_pPp​ be the product law, θ(p)=Pp(the cluster of 0 is infinite)\theta(p)=\mathbb P_p(\text{the cluster of }0\text{ is infinite})θ(p)=Pp​(the cluster of 0 is infinite), and

pc=inf⁡{p∈[0,1]:θ(p)>0},p_c=\inf\{p\in[0,1]:\theta(p)>0\},pc​=inf{p∈[0,1]:θ(p)>0},

defined separately for bonds (pcbondp_c^{\mathrm{bond}}pcbond​) and sites (pcsitep_c^{\mathrm{site}}pcsite​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

Ppcbond(every bond cluster in Z3 is finite)=1,Ppcsite(every site cluster in Z3 is finite)=1.\mathbb P_{p_c^{\mathrm{bond}}}\bigl(\text{every bond cluster in }\mathbb Z^3\text{ is finite}\bigr)=1,\qquad \mathbb P_{p_c^{\mathrm{site}}}\bigl(\text{every site cluster in }\mathbb Z^3\text{ is finite}\bigr)=1.Ppcbond​​(every bond cluster in Z3 is finite)=1,Ppcsite​​(every site cluster in Z3 is finite)=1.

The Lean statement OAI.CriticalZ3.critical_no_infinite is the conjunction of these two almost-sure statements. It is open on the platform.

Significance

Theorem 1.1 gives continuity of the percolation probability at the transition: θ(p)→0\theta(p)\to0θ(p)→0 as p↓pcp\downarrow p_cp↓pc​ (the paper derives this on p. 1 from the theorem and finite-box approximation). It is the three-dimensional case of the Benjamini–Schramm criticality question and of the classical θ(pc)=0\theta(p_c)=0θ(pc​)=0 problem, which had resisted both planar methods (which rely on duality unavailable in three dimensions) and the lace expansion (which needs high dimension). The site statement is not a formal consequence of the bond statement: site bits become hyperedges with an endpoint convention that must be preserved.

The result is proved in an OpenAI preprint, which has not been peer reviewed. A public announcement reports a Lean formalization of the bond case on Zd\mathbb Z^dZd; no machine-checked proof of this exact statement exists on the platform, and the site case is not covered by that announcement's formalization. A formal proof here would certify both models in one development.

Difficulty

The natural route is renormalization: show that if an infinite cluster exists at pcp_cpc​, then good finite-box events have high probability, persist at some q<pcq<p_cq<pc​, and can be glued into an infinite cluster at qqq. The gluing step is where the obvious argument fails. Positive correlation (Harris–FKG) controls the probability that two increasing events both occur, but here one needs the probability of reaching a relay set and then a target, conditioned on an explored region; without a comparison inequality of the form P(o↔A, o↔T)≥P(o↔A)min⁡a∈AP(a↔T)\mathbb P(o\leftrightarrow A,\ o\leftrightarrow T)\ge \mathbb P(o\leftrightarrow A)\min_{a\in A}\mathbb P(a\leftrightarrow T)P(o↔A, o↔T)≥P(o↔A)mina∈A​P(a↔T) the losses compound. Slab results do not suffice: extinction at each slab threshold plus convergence of thresholds does not give extinction on Z3\mathbb Z^3Z3.

Formalization scope

  • Vertex := Fin 3 → ℤ; bonds are pairs (x, i) representing the edge from x to step x i = x + e_i, so each edge appears once.
  • bondLaw p and siteLaw p are Measure.infinitePi of bernoulliMeasure true false, giving mass ppp to "open"; parameter clamps ppp into [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Connectivity is Relation.ReflTransGen of the open-adjacency relation; siteCluster ω x is empty unless ω x = true, matching the endpoint convention.
  • bondCritical and siteCritical are sInf of {p∈[0,1]:Pp(cluster of 0 infinite)>0}\{p\in[0,1]:\mathbb P_p(\text{cluster of }0\text{ infinite})>0\}{p∈[0,1]:Pp​(cluster of 0 infinite)>0}. The statement does not assume pc<1p_c<1pc​<1; it is a known fact for Z3\mathbb Z^3Z3, and a solver may need to prove it to rule out the empty-set convention.
  • The conclusion quantifies over all vertices: almost surely every cluster is finite.

A complete development needs product Bernoulli measures on countable index sets, monotone coupling, increasing events and Harris–FKG, the finite hyperedge comparison inequality, and a planar boundary-counting lemma. The percolation infrastructure is reusable for the quasi-transitive generalization in the same family. Contributions formalizing Proposition 2.1 (joint connection comparison), Corollary 2.3 (failure comparison), Lemma 4.1 (extension estimate) and Lemma 5.1 (neighbouring-box relay) are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Critical bond and site percolation on the cubic lattice, preprint, September 24, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Critical-bond-and-site-percolation-on-the-cubic-lattice-September-24-2026/paper.pdf
  • I. Benjamini, O. Schramm, Percolation beyond Zd\mathbb Z^dZd, many questions and a few answers, Electron. Commun. Probab., 1996. https://doi.org/10.1214/ECP.v1-978
  • S. R. Broadbent, J. M. Hammersley, Percolation processes. I. Crystals and mazes, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1957. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100032680
  • T. E. Harris, A lower bound for the critical probability in a certain percolation process, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1960. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100034241
  • H. Kesten, The critical probability of bond percolation on the square lattice equals 1/2, Comm. Math. Phys., 1980. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01197577
  • L. Russo, On the critical percolation probabilities, Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Gebiete, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00535742
  • T. Hara, G. Slade, Mean-field critical behaviour for percolation in high dimensions, Comm. Math. Phys., 1990. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02108785
  • G. R. Grimmett, J. M. Marstrand, The supercritical phase of percolation is well behaved, Proc. R. Soc. Lond. A, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.1990.0100
  • H. Duminil-Copin, V. Sidoravicius, V. Tassion, Absence of infinite cluster for critical Bernoulli percolation on slabs, Comm. Pure Appl. Math., 2016. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.21641
  • R. Fitzner, R. van der Hofstad, Mean-field behavior for nearest-neighbor percolation in d>10, Electron. J. Probab., 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/17-EJP56
  • M. Heydenreich, K. Matzke, Critical site percolation in high dimension, J. Stat. Phys., 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10955-020-02607-y
  • G. Kozma, S. Nitzan, A reduction of the θ(p_c)=0 problem to a conjectured inequality, preprint, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2401.12397
48 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Partial Differential Equations·Captain: Lucas

Tegmark 1997: On the Dimensionality of SpacetimeResearch Paper

Motivation

In a short 1997 letter, Max Tegmark argued that, given the other laws of physics, a spacetime with nnn space and mmm time dimensions can host observers who understand and predict their world only when (n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1) (Tegmark 1997). The argument is physical and anthropic, but each step rests on a precise mathematical fact: the classification of second-order linear PDEs into elliptic, hyperbolic and ultrahyperbolic type, the well-posedness (or ill-posedness) of the corresponding initial-value problems, the potential theory of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, the stability of Kepler orbits, and the algebra of curvature tensors in low dimension. This mission collects those mathematical facts as formal targets.

Timeline of the ingredients cited by the letter:

  • 1917 — Ehrenfest observes that planetary orbits and classical atoms are unstable when n>3n>3n>3.
  • 1936 — Ásgeirsson proves his mean value theorem for the ultrahyperbolic equation.
  • 1962 — Courant and Hilbert (vol. II) give the textbook treatment of PDE type and causal structure.
  • 1963 — Tangherlini shows that the hydrogen atom has no bound states for n>3n>3n>3.
  • 1973/1984 — Misner–Thorne–Wheeler and Deser–Jackiw–'t Hooft emphasize that general relativity has no gravitational force when n<3n<3n<3.

Setting

A second-order linear PDE on Rd\mathbb R^dRd has the form

∑i,j=1dAij ∂i∂ju+∑i=1dbi ∂iu+c u=0,\sum_{i,j=1}^d A_{ij}\,\partial_i\partial_j u+\sum_{i=1}^d b_i\,\partial_i u+c\,u=0,i,j=1∑d​Aij​∂i​∂j​u+i=1∑d​bi​∂i​u+cu=0,

with AAA symmetric. Following the paper, at a point it is elliptic if all eigenvalues of AAA are positive or all are negative, hyperbolic if one eigenvalue is positive and the rest negative (or vice versa), and ultrahyperbolic if at least two are positive and at least two negative. Eigenvalues are counted with multiplicity; the Lean development counts them as the positive/negative real roots of the characteristic polynomial (numPosEigenvalues, numNegEigenvalues, IsElliptic, IsHyperbolic, IsUltrahyperbolic).

A spacetime of dimensionality (n,m)(n,m)(n,m) carries a metric ggg with mmm positive (time-like) and nnn negative (space-like) eigenvalues, so that (n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1) has signature (+−−−)(+---)(+−−−). The covariant field equations u;μμ=0u_{;\mu}{}^{\mu}=0u;μ​μ=0 (wave) and u;μμ+μ2u=0u_{;\mu}{}^{\mu}+\mu^2u=0u;μ​μ+μ2u=0 (Klein–Gordon) have coefficient matrix A=g−1A=g^{-1}A=g−1. The Laplacian on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is ∇2f=∑i∂i2f\nabla^2 f=\sum_i\partial_i^2 f∇2f=∑i​∂i2​f (laplacian).

Formalization targets

Goal: type of the field equations as a function of (n,m)(n,m)(n,m)

For a symmetric ggg with mmm positive and nnn negative eigenvalues,

elliptic  ⟺  n=0 or m=0,hyperbolic  ⟺  n=1 or m=1,ultrahyperbolic  ⟺  n≥2 and m≥2.\text{elliptic}\iff n=0\ \text{or}\ m=0,\qquad \text{hyperbolic}\iff n=1\ \text{or}\ m=1,\qquad \text{ultrahyperbolic}\iff n\ge2\ \text{and}\ m\ge2.elliptic⟺n=0 or m=0,hyperbolic⟺n=1 or m=1,ultrahyperbolic⟺n≥2 and m≥2.

Milestones (in the order of the paper)

  1. (p. L70) For n>2n>2n>2, r2−nr^{2-n}r2−n is harmonic on Rn∖{0}\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\}Rn∖{0}.
  2. (p. L70) For n>3n>3n>3 the effective potential U(r)=L22μr2−k r2−nU(r)=\frac{L^2}{2\mu r^2}-k\,r^{2-n}U(r)=2μr2L2​−kr2−n has no strict local minimum: no stable orbits.
  3. (p. L70) For n=3n=3n=3 and L≠0L\neq0L=0 it has one: stable circular orbits exist.
  4. (p. L71) For n>3n>3n>3 the hydrogen energy functional is unbounded below.
  5. (p. L71) For n<3n<3n<3, Ricci-flat algebraic curvature tensors in dimension n+1n+1n+1 vanish.
  6. (p. L73) g−1g^{-1}g−1 has the same numbers of positive and negative eigenvalues as ggg.
  7. (p. L73) The signatures (+−−−)(+---)(+−−−), (+++++)(+++++)(+++++), (++−−)(++--)(++−−) give hyperbolic, elliptic, ultrahyperbolic equations.
  8. (p. L73) The Cauchy problem for the Laplace equation with data on a line is ill-posed.
  9. (p. L73) The Klein–Gordon initial-value problem is well-posed in the cones of dependence (energy estimate).
  10. (p. L73) Ásgeirsson's mean value theorem for ∇x2u=∇y2u\nabla_x^2u=\nabla_y^2u∇x2​u=∇y2​u.

Significance

The goal makes precise the paper's central new observation: the hyperbolicity needed for a well-posed initial-value problem singles out exactly one time dimension (or, in the tachyonic mirror case, one space dimension). The milestones supply the mathematical content behind each of the paper's other claims, namely instability for n>3n>3n>3 and the absence of gravity for n<3n<3n<3, as well as the well-posedness and ill-posedness facts behind the "predictability" argument. All of these are classical results; none of them is new mathematics. The value of the mission is a machine-checked record of exactly which mathematical statements the argument uses, under which hypotheses, and with which caveats (for instance the critical coupling in four dimensions).

Difficulty

The goal is linear algebra. The difficulty lies in the milestones: Ásgeirsson's theorem and the Klein–Gordon energy estimate need integration over spheres and balls, a divergence theorem or spherical-mean calculus, and differentiation under the integral sign, and Mathlib supports these only partially. The four-dimensional hydrogen case sits exactly at the Hardy-inequality threshold, where the outcome depends on the coupling constant.

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are real and indexed by Fin d; eigenvalue counts are root counts of the characteristic polynomial with multiplicity. Classification is pointwise: one constant coefficient matrix.
  • Functions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn live on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); derivatives are Fréchet derivatives, and the Laplacian is the sum of pure second derivatives along the standard basis.
  • "Stable orbit" means a strict local minimum of the radial effective potential at some radius r0>0r_0>0r0​>0.
  • "No bound states" means that the energy ∫∣∇ψ∣2−κ∫∣x∣2−nψ2\int|\nabla\psi|^2-\kappa\int|x|^{2-n}\psi^2∫∣∇ψ∣2−κ∫∣x∣2−nψ2 is unbounded below on smooth, compactly supported, L2L^2L2-normalized real ψ\psiψ (units ℏ2/2m=1\hbar^2/2m=1ℏ2/2m=1). For n=4n=4n=4 the claim is only asserted for κ>1\kappa>1κ>1, the Hardy threshold.
  • "No gravity" is formalized pointwise: a tensor with the Riemann symmetries and zero Ricci contraction vanishes.
  • Ill-posedness of the elliptic Cauchy problem is formalized by one explicit instance (the Laplace equation in the plane with data on y=0y=0y=0). Well-posedness of the hyperbolic one is formalized by the local energy inequality for C2C^2C2 Klein–Gordon solutions.

Reusable infrastructure: PDE type via eigenvalue signs, spherical means, and local energy estimates for wave-type equations.

Selected references

  • M. Tegmark, On the dimensionality of spacetime, Class. Quantum Grav. 14 (1997) L69–L75. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/14/4/002
  • R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics, vol. II, Interscience, 1962.
  • L. Ásgeirsson, Über eine Mittelwertseigenschaft von Lösungen homogener linearer partieller Differentialgleichungen 2. Ordnung mit konstanten Koeffizienten, Math. Ann. 113 (1936) 321–346.
  • F. R. Tangherlini, Schwarzschild field in n dimensions and the dimensionality of space problem, Nuovo Cimento 27 (1963) 636–651.
  • P. Ehrenfest, Proc. Amsterdam Acad. 20 (1917) 200.
19 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional AnalysisHarmonic Analysis+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics IX: The Free Schrödinger OperatorTextbook

Motivation

The free Schrödinger operator H0=−ΔH_0 = -\DeltaH0​=−Δ is the Hamiltonian of a quantum particle, or of NNN non-interacting particles, moving in Rn\mathbb R^nRn without external forces. Every Schrödinger operator H=−Δ+VH = -\Delta + VH=−Δ+V studied in quantum mechanics is a perturbation of it, and each standard tool of the theory refers back to H0H_0H0​: the Kato–Rellich theorem asks that VVV be relatively bounded with respect to H0H_0H0​, Weyl's theorem compares essential spectra with that of H0H_0H0​, and scattering theory compares the dynamics e−itHe^{-itH}e−itH with the free dynamics e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​. Knowing exactly what H0H_0H0​ is (its domain, its self-adjointness, its spectrum and its time evolution) is therefore the base case of the spectral theory of Schrödinger operators.

All of this is obtained from one tool, the Fourier transform, which turns differentiation into multiplication. This mission follows Chapter 7 of G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics (AMS GSM 99, 2009), doi:10.1090/gsm/099. The chapter first develops the Fourier transform on the Schwartz space, on L1L^1L1 and on L2L^2L2, and then applies it to H0H_0H0​. The same material appears in Reed–Simon (Vol. II, Sec. IX.1 and IX.7).

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space with px=∑jpjxjpx = \sum_j p_j x_jpx=∑j​pj​xj​ and x2=∣x∣2x^2 = |x|^2x2=∣x∣2. For an integrable f:Rn→Cf : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb Cf:Rn→C the Fourier transform and its inverse are

f^(p)=F(f)(p)=1(2π)n/2∫Rne−ipxf(x) dnx,gˇ(x)=1(2π)n/2∫Rneipxg(p) dnp.\hat f(p) = \mathcal F(f)(p) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb R^n} e^{-ipx} f(x)\,d^nx, \qquad \check g(x) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb R^n} e^{ipx} g(p)\,d^np .f^​(p)=F(f)(p)=(2π)n/21​∫Rn​e−ipxf(x)dnx,gˇ​(x)=(2π)n/21​∫Rn​eipxg(p)dnp.

The Schwartz space S(Rn)\mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)S(Rn) consists of the smooth functions all of whose derivatives decay faster than any polynomial. L1(Rn)L^1(\mathbb R^n)L1(Rn) and L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) are the usual Lebesgue spaces, and C∞(Rn)C_\infty(\mathbb R^n)C∞​(Rn) denotes the continuous functions vanishing at infinity. The convolution of f,g∈L1f, g \in L^1f,g∈L1 is (f∗g)(x)=∫f(y)g(x−y) dny(f*g)(x) = \int f(y)g(x-y)\,d^ny(f∗g)(x)=∫f(y)g(x−y)dny.

The Sobolev space is H2(Rn)={ψ∈L2∣p2ψ^(p)∈L2}H^2(\mathbb R^n) = \{\psi \in L^2 \mid p^2\hat\psi(p) \in L^2\}H2(Rn)={ψ∈L2∣p2ψ^​(p)∈L2}. The free Schrödinger operator is

H0ψ=−Δψ=F−1(p2ψ^(p)),D(H0)=H2(Rn),H_0\psi = -\Delta\psi = \mathcal F^{-1}\big(p^2\hat\psi(p)\big), \qquad \mathfrak D(H_0) = H^2(\mathbb R^n),H0​ψ=−Δψ=F−1(p2ψ^​(p)),D(H0​)=H2(Rn),

in units with ℏ=1\hbar = 1ℏ=1 and mass m=1/2m = 1/2m=1/2. Its time evolution is e−itH0ψ=F−1(e−itp2ψ^)e^{-itH_0}\psi = \mathcal F^{-1}(e^{-itp^2}\hat\psi)e−itH0​ψ=F−1(e−itp2ψ^​). For a linear operator AAA with domain D(A)\mathfrak D(A)D(A), the resolvent set ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) is the set of z∈Cz \in \mathbb Cz∈C for which A−zA - zA−z maps D(A)\mathfrak D(A)D(A) bijectively onto the Hilbert space with a bounded inverse RA(z)R_A(z)RA​(z), and the spectrum is σ(A)=C∖ρ(A)\sigma(A) = \mathbb C\setminus\rho(A)σ(A)=C∖ρ(A). For self-adjoint AAA and a vector ψ\psiψ, the spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ is the finite Borel measure on R\mathbb RR with ⟨ψ,RA(z)ψ⟩=∫(λ−z)−1 dμψ(λ)\langle\psi, R_A(z)\psi\rangle = \int (\lambda - z)^{-1}\,d\mu_\psi(\lambda)⟨ψ,RA​(z)ψ⟩=∫(λ−z)−1dμψ​(λ) for all z∉Rz \notin \mathbb Rz∈/R. The absolutely continuous, singular continuous and pure point spectra σac,σsc,σpp\sigma_{ac}, \sigma_{sc}, \sigma_{pp}σac​,σsc​,σpp​ are the spectra of AAA restricted to the vectors whose spectral measures are of the respective type. A subspace D⊆D(A)D \subseteq \mathfrak D(A)D⊆D(A) is a core if the closure of A∣DA|_DA∣D​ is AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.8

For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, H0H_0H0​ is self-adjoint and

σ(H0)=σac(H0)=[0,∞),σsc(H0)=σpp(H0)=∅.\sigma(H_0) = \sigma_{ac}(H_0) = [0,\infty), \qquad \sigma_{sc}(H_0) = \sigma_{pp}(H_0) = \emptyset .σ(H0​)=σac​(H0​)=[0,∞),σsc​(H0​)=σpp​(H0​)=∅.

In the Lean statement the spectral-type part is the equivalent assertion that every spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ of H0H_0H0​ is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure.

Milestones

  • Gaussians (Lemma 7.3). For Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re} z > 0Rez>0, e−zx2/2∈S(Rn)e^{-zx^2/2} \in \mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)e−zx2/2∈S(Rn) and F(e−zx2/2)(p)=z−n/2e−p2/(2z)\mathcal F(e^{-zx^2/2})(p) = z^{-n/2} e^{-p^2/(2z)}F(e−zx2/2)(p)=z−n/2e−p2/(2z), with zn/2=(z)nz^{n/2} = (\sqrt z)^nzn/2=(z​)n for the principal root.
  • Inversion on S\mathcal SS (Theorem 7.4). F\mathcal FF is a bijection of S(Rn)\mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)S(Rn) with inverse g↦gˇg \mapsto \check gg↦gˇ​, and F2f(x)=f(−x)\mathcal F^2 f(x) = f(-x)F2f(x)=f(−x), so F4=I\mathcal F^4 = \mathbb IF4=I.
  • Plancherel (Theorem 7.5). F\mathcal FF extends to a unitary operator on L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) with σ(F)={1,−1,i,−i}\sigma(\mathcal F) = \{1,-1,i,-i\}σ(F)={1,−1,i,−i}.
  • Riemann–Lebesgue (Lemma 7.6). F:L1→C∞\mathcal F : L^1 \to C_\inftyF:L1→C∞​ is injective and ∥f^∥∞≤(2π)−n/2∥f∥1\|\hat f\|_\infty \le (2\pi)^{-n/2}\|f\|_1∥f^​∥∞​≤(2π)−n/2∥f∥1​.
  • Convolution (Lemma 7.7). f∗g∈L1f * g \in L^1f∗g∈L1, ∥f∗g∥1≤∥f∥1∥g∥1\|f*g\|_1 \le \|f\|_1\|g\|_1∥f∗g∥1​≤∥f∥1​∥g∥1​ and (f∗g)∧=(2π)n/2f^g^(f*g)^\wedge = (2\pi)^{n/2}\hat f\hat g(f∗g)∧=(2π)n/2f^​g^​.
  • Core (Lemma 7.9). Cc∞(Rn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n)Cc∞​(Rn) is a core for H0H_0H0​.
  • Asymptotics (Lemma 7.10). For ψ∈L2\psi \in L^2ψ∈L2, e−itH0ψ(x)−(2it)−n/2eix2/(4t)ψ^(x/(2t))→0e^{-itH_0}\psi(x) - (2it)^{-n/2} e^{ix^2/(4t)}\hat\psi(x/(2t)) \to 0e−itH0​ψ(x)−(2it)−n/2eix2/(4t)ψ^​(x/(2t))→0 in L2L^2L2 as ∣t∣→∞|t|\to\infty∣t∣→∞.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.8 says that a free quantum particle has no bound states and that its energy spectrum is purely absolutely continuous and fills [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Combined with the RAGE theorem this gives the escape of every free wave packet from bounded regions, and Lemma 7.10 makes the escape quantitative: at large times the position distribution is the momentum distribution rescaled by 2t2t2t. The self-adjointness of H0H_0H0​ on H2(Rn)H^2(\mathbb R^n)H2(Rn) and the core Cc∞(Rn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n)Cc∞​(Rn) are the inputs to the Kato–Rellich treatment of atomic Hamiltonians, and σess(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma_{ess}(H_0) = [0,\infty)σess​(H0​)=[0,∞) is the reference spectrum of Weyl's theorem and of the HVZ theorem.

Formalizing it. The results are classical. Mathlib contains the Fourier transform on L1L^1L1, Schwartz space and L2L^2L2 in the normalization e−2πi⟨x,ξ⟩e^{-2\pi i\langle x,\xi\rangle}e−2πi⟨x,ξ⟩ (including Fourier inversion, Riemann–Lebesgue and the L2L^2L2 isometry), and the Prove2Me corpus holds several of these as FamousTheorems in that normalization. What is missing is Teschl's normalization with its constants, the spectrum of the L2L^2L2 Fourier transform, the operator H0H_0H0​ as an unbounded self-adjoint operator, its resolvent spectrum and spectral type, and the free dynamics. This mission produces these objects in a form the later chapters (Kato–Rellich for atoms, Weyl, HVZ, scattering) can build on.

Difficulty

The Fourier-analytic milestones are close to Mathlib but not in it: every constant has to be transported from the 2π2\pi2π-in-the-exponent convention to Teschl's (2π)−n/2(2\pi)^{-n/2}(2π)−n/2 convention, including the branch of zn/2z^{n/2}zn/2 in Lemma 7.3 and the phase (2it)−n/2(2it)^{-n/2}(2it)−n/2 in Lemma 7.10. The lower bound σ(F)⊇{1,−1,i,−i}\sigma(\mathcal F) \supseteq \{1,-1,i,-i\}σ(F)⊇{1,−1,i,−i} in Theorem 7.5 needs an eigenfunction for each fourth root of unity, which the book defers to the Hermite functions of Section 8.3.

For the goal, self-adjointness and σ(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma(H_0) = [0,\infty)σ(H0​)=[0,∞) require working with the resolvent spectrum of an unbounded LinearPMap, which Mathlib does not provide, and transporting self-adjointness and resolvents through the unitary Fourier transform. The spectral-type statement requires identifying the spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ of an unbounded operator from its resolvent alone, without a spectral theorem in the library, and showing that it has a density for every ψ∈L2\psi \in L^2ψ∈L2, not only for nice ψ\psiψ. Lemma 7.9 is a statement about the graph norm of −Δ-\Delta−Δ, which is not controlled by the L2L^2L2 norm alone.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so that pxpxpx and x2x^2x2 are the Euclidean ones, and L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) is Lp ℂ 2 volume. fourier and fourierInv are Teschl's integrals (7.3) and (7.8) with the prefactor (2π)−n/2(2\pi)^{-n/2}(2π)−n/2. The L2L^2L2 transform ψ^\hat\psiψ^​ (fourierL2) is Mathlib's unitary L2L^2L2 transform rescaled by ψ^(p)=(2π)−n/2(FMψ)(p/2π)\hat\psi(p) = (2\pi)^{-n/2}(\mathcal F_{\mathrm M}\psi)(p/2\pi)ψ^​(p)=(2π)−n/2(FM​ψ)(p/2π), and Theorem 7.5 asserts that it is the unitary extension of (7.3). H0H_0H0​ (freeHamiltonian) and e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​ (timeEvolution) are defined as Fourier conjugates of the maximal multiplication operator by the symbol of −Δ-\Delta−Δ and of multiplication by e−itp2e^{-itp^2}e−itp2, written with Mathlib's L2L^2L2 transform, where the symbol is 4π2∣ξ∣24\pi^2|\xi|^24π2∣ξ∣2. These are the same operators as Teschl's, and the domain is exactly H2(Rn)H^2(\mathbb R^n)H2(Rn). Unbounded operators are Mathlib LinearPMaps, self-adjointness is Mathlib's IsSelfAdjoint, and the resolvent and spectrum are the bijective-with-bounded-inverse notions of Teschl, p. 73, not Mathlib's Banach-algebra spectrum, which is used only for the bounded operator F\mathcal FF in Theorem 7.5. Statements that need it carry n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, which the book leaves implicit.

No projection-valued measure or functional calculus is taken as data. The spectral types in (7.25) are expressed through the spectral measures μψ\mu_\psiμψ​, and these are pinned down intrinsically by their Borel transforms ⟨ψ,RH0(z)ψ⟩\langle\psi, R_{H_0}(z)\psi\rangle⟨ψ,RH0​​(z)ψ⟩.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: σ(H0)\sigma(H_0)σ(H0​) is the resolvent spectrum of the operator, not the essential range of p2p^2p2, so σ(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma(H_0) = [0,\infty)σ(H0​)=[0,∞) is not a computation on a multiplication symbol. The absolutely continuous measure in the goal must reproduce the actual resolvent matrix elements, so it cannot be chosen freely, and e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​ is not defined by its integral kernel (7.30).

A complete development needs change of normalization lemmas for the Fourier transform, the Hermite eigenfunctions of F\mathcal FF, unitary equivalence of LinearPMaps and its effect on adjoints and resolvents, self-adjointness of maximal real multiplication operators, polar coordinates on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and graph-norm approximation by cut-offs. The normalization bridge and the multiplication-operator results are reusable across the series. Contributions of either are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics, With Applications to Schrödinger Operators, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, AMS, 2009, Chapter 7. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/099
  • M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics II: Fourier Analysis, Self-Adjointness, Academic Press, 1975, Sections IX.1 and IX.7.
  • E. M. Stein and G. Weiss, Introduction to Fourier Analysis on Euclidean Spaces, Princeton University Press, 1971, Chapter I. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400883899
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics VI: Relatively Bounded Perturbations and the Kato–Rellich TheoremTextbook

Why relatively bounded perturbations matter

A quantum-mechanical Hamiltonian is usually a sum H=H0+VH = H_0 + VH=H0​+V of a kinetic energy H0H_0H0​ (for a free particle, H0=−ΔH_0 = -\DeltaH0​=−Δ in units with ℏ=1\hbar = 1ℏ=1, m=1/2m = 1/2m=1/2) and a potential energy VVV. Observables must be self-adjoint operators, not merely symmetric ones: only then does the spectral theorem apply and the time evolution e−itHe^{-itH}e−itH exist as a unitary group. Self-adjointness of H0H_0H0​ is usually a direct computation. For the sum it is not, because H0H_0H0​ and VVV are unbounded, and the sum of two self-adjoint unbounded operators need not be self-adjoint or even densely defined.

The Kato–Rellich theorem settles this when VVV is small compared with H0H_0H0​ in a precise sense. The result goes back to Rellich's perturbation theory of spectral decompositions (see the notes to Section V.4 of Kato's monograph), and Kato used it in 1951 (Trans. AMS 70, 195–211) to prove that atomic Hamiltonians with Coulomb interactions are self-adjoint. It is the standard first tool in the mathematical theory of Schrödinger operators. This mission formalizes Section 6.1 of G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics (AMS GSM 99, 2009): the notion of relative boundedness, its characterizations, the theorem itself, and the second resolvent formula.

Setting

Let H\mathfrak{H}H be a complex Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, conjugate-linear in the first slot. A linear operator AAA is a linear map A:D(A)→HA : \mathfrak{D}(A) \to \mathfrak{H}A:D(A)→H defined on a subspace D(A)⊆H\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{H}D(A)⊆H, its domain. The sum A+BA + BA+B is defined on D(A)∩D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \cap \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)∩D(B). AAA is symmetric if D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A) is dense and ⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩\langle \varphi, A\psi\rangle = \langle A\varphi, \psi\rangle⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩ for φ,ψ∈D(A)\varphi, \psi \in \mathfrak{D}(A)φ,ψ∈D(A). It is self-adjoint if it equals its adjoint A∗A^*A∗, domains included, and essentially self-adjoint if its closure A‾\overline{A}A (the operator whose graph is the closure of the graph of AAA) is self-adjoint. AAA is bounded from below by γ∈R\gamma \in \mathbb{R}γ∈R if ⟨ψ,Aψ⟩≥γ∥ψ∥2\langle\psi, A\psi\rangle \ge \gamma\|\psi\|^2⟨ψ,Aψ⟩≥γ∥ψ∥2 for all ψ∈D(A)\psi \in \mathfrak{D}(A)ψ∈D(A).

The resolvent set ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) is the set of z∈Cz \in \mathbb{C}z∈C for which A−z:D(A)→HA - z : \mathfrak{D}(A) \to \mathfrak{H}A−z:D(A)→H is a bijection with bounded inverse RA(z)=(A−z)−1R_A(z) = (A - z)^{-1}RA​(z)=(A−z)−1, the resolvent.

An operator BBB is AAA bounded if D(A)⊆D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)⊆D(B) and there are constants a,b≥0a, b \ge 0a,b≥0 with

∥Bψ∥≤a∥Aψ∥+b∥ψ∥,ψ∈D(A).(6.1)\|B\psi\| \le a\|A\psi\| + b\|\psi\|, \qquad \psi \in \mathfrak{D}(A). \tag{6.1}∥Bψ∥≤a∥Aψ∥+b∥ψ∥,ψ∈D(A).(6.1)

The AAA-bound of BBB is the infimum of the admissible aaa. If BBB is AAA bounded, the product BRA(z)BR_A(z)BRA​(z) is defined on all of H\mathfrak{H}H for z∈ρ(A)z \in \rho(A)z∈ρ(A).

Formalization targets

Goal: the Kato–Rellich theorem (Theorem 6.4, self-adjoint case)

Let AAA be self-adjoint and BBB symmetric with AAA-bound less than one. Then

A+B with D(A+B)=D(A) is self-adjoint,A + B \text{ with } \mathfrak{D}(A + B) = \mathfrak{D}(A) \text{ is self-adjoint,}A+B with D(A+B)=D(A) is self-adjoint,

and if AAA is bounded from below by γ\gammaγ and (6.1) holds with constants a∈[0,1)a \in [0,1)a∈[0,1) and b≥0b \ge 0b≥0, then

A+B ≥ γ−max⁡(a∣γ∣+b, b1−a).A + B \ \ge\ \gamma - \max\Big(a|\gamma| + b,\ \frac{b}{1-a}\Big).A+B ≥ γ−max(a∣γ∣+b, 1−ab​).

The printed form of (6.3) has b/(a−1)b/(a-1)b/(a−1) where this statement has b/(1−a)b/(1-a)b/(1−a). The printed version is false: a two-dimensional example with γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0, a≈0.93a \approx 0.93a≈0.93, b≈5.97b \approx 5.97b≈5.97 has lowest eigenvalue of A+BA + BA+B about −6.66<−b-6.66 < -b−6.66<−b. The corrected constant is the one in Kato's monograph (Theorem V.4.11). The lower bound is stated for every admissible pair (a,b)(a, b)(a,b), not for the AAA-bound itself, which is an infimum and need not be attained.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.1. AAA bounded operators form a linear space, and the AAA-bound of α1B1+α2B2\alpha_1 B_1 + \alpha_2 B_2α1​B1​+α2​B2​ is at most ∣α1∣a1+∣α2∣a2|\alpha_1| a_1 + |\alpha_2| a_2∣α1​∣a1​+∣α2​∣a2​.
  2. Lemma 6.2. For AAA closed with nonempty resolvent set and BBB closable, the following are equivalent: BBB is AAA bounded; D(A)⊆D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)⊆D(B); BRA(z)BR_A(z)BRA​(z) is bounded for one z∈ρ(A)z \in \rho(A)z∈ρ(A); BRA(z)BR_A(z)BRA​(z) is bounded for all z∈ρ(A)z \in \rho(A)z∈ρ(A). The AAA-bound is at most inf⁡z∈ρ(A)∥BRA(z)∥\inf_{z \in \rho(A)} \|BR_A(z)\|infz∈ρ(A)​∥BRA​(z)∥.
  3. Lemma 6.3. For AAA self-adjoint and BBB AAA bounded, the AAA-bound equals lim⁡λ→∞∥BRA(±iλ)∥\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\|BR_A(\pm i\lambda)\|limλ→∞​∥BRA​(±iλ)∥, and also lim⁡λ→∞∥BRA(−λ)∥\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\|BR_A(-\lambda)\|limλ→∞​∥BRA​(−λ)∥ when AAA is bounded from below.
  4. Theorem 6.4, essentially self-adjoint case. For AAA essentially self-adjoint and BBB symmetric with AAA-bound less than one, A+BA + BA+B is essentially self-adjoint, D(A‾)⊆D(B‾)\mathfrak{D}(\overline{A}) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(\overline{B})D(A)⊆D(B) and A+B‾=A‾+B‾\overline{A + B} = \overline{A} + \overline{B}A+B​=A+B, with the same lower bound.
  5. Lemma 6.5. For closed AAA, BBB with D(A)⊆D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)⊆D(B) and z∈ρ(A)∩ρ(A+B)z \in \rho(A) \cap \rho(A+B)z∈ρ(A)∩ρ(A+B),
RA+B(z)−RA(z)=−RA(z)BRA+B(z)=−RA+B(z)BRA(z).R_{A+B}(z) - R_A(z) = -R_A(z) B R_{A+B}(z) = -R_{A+B}(z) B R_A(z).RA+B​(z)−RA​(z)=−RA​(z)BRA+B​(z)=−RA+B​(z)BRA​(z).

Significance

Kato–Rellich is the entry point to self-adjointness of Schrödinger operators. With the Sobolev estimates of later chapters it gives self-adjointness of −Δ+V-\Delta + V−Δ+V on H2(R3)H^2(\mathbb{R}^3)H2(R3) for V∈L2+L∞V \in L^2 + L^\inftyV∈L2+L∞, which covers the hydrogen atom and, through the NNN-body extension, every atom and molecule with Coulomb interactions. The lower bound (6.3) says the perturbed Hamiltonian is still bounded from below, which is the mathematical form of stability of the ground state. The second resolvent formula is used throughout perturbation theory: to compare spectra (Weyl's theorem on essential spectra), to study resolvent convergence, and in scattering theory.

In a formal library, relative boundedness is the shared layer on which every later statement about Schrödinger operators rests. Mathlib has unbounded operators (LinearPMap), their adjoints and closures, but no relative boundedness, no resolvent of an unbounded operator, and no perturbation theorem for self-adjointness. The theorem is textbook material and has been proved many times; what does not yet exist is a machine-checked proof for unbounded operators in this generality.

Difficulty

Self-adjointness of A+BA + BA+B is a statement about the adjoint (A+B)∗(A+B)^*(A+B)∗, whose domain is defined implicitly. The inclusion A+B⊆(A+B)∗A + B \subseteq (A + B)^*A+B⊆(A+B)∗ follows from symmetry, but the reverse inclusion does not come from any manipulation on D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A). It requires knowing that certain ranges are all of H\mathfrak{H}H, and that range information is not visible from the inequality (6.1) alone. Relating the AAA-bound, an infimum over constants in an inequality on D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A), to norms of the bounded operators BRA(z)BR_A(z)BRA​(z) is where the self-adjointness of AAA enters. For the essentially self-adjoint case, the domains of three different closures have to be compared. For the lower bound, the constant depends on aaa and bbb in two regimes, and the printed version of the formula gets one regime wrong.

Formalization scope

  • Hilbert space. {H : Type*} [NormedAddCommGroup H] [InnerProductSpace ℂ H] [CompleteSpace H]; separability is not assumed and not needed.
  • Operators are LinearPMaps H →ₗ.[ℂ] H; A+BA + BA+B is Mathlib's sum on the intersection of the domains; closures are LinearPMap.closure; self-adjointness is Mathlib's IsSelfAdjoint; symmetric operators include density of the domain.
  • Relative bounds. IsRelativelyBoundedWith A B a b contains the domain inclusion D(A)⊆D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)⊆D(B) and a,b≥0a, b \ge 0a,b≥0. The AAA-bound relativeBound A B is valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and equals ∞\infty∞ exactly when BBB is not AAA bounded, so "AAA-bound less than one" cannot hold vacuously.
  • Resolvents. ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) and RA(z)R_A(z)RA​(z) are defined for arbitrary operators as in Teschl (2.66): a bounded, everywhere defined two-sided inverse of A−zA - zA−z. Mathlib's Banach-algebra spectrum is not used. resolvent A z is 000 off ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A), and statements use it only at points of ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) or eventually along rays that lie in ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A).
  • Norms of possibly unbounded operators (opNorm) are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; "BRA(z)BR_A(z)BRA​(z) is bounded" means everywhere defined with finite norm.
  • Additions to the printed statements. Lemma 6.2 carries ρ(A)≠∅\rho(A) \neq \emptysetρ(A)=∅, without which its "for one zzz" clause is unsatisfiable. Lemma 6.1's "less than" is stated as "at most". (6.3) uses b/(1−a)b/(1-a)b/(1−a).
  • Ruling out trivialization. The hypotheses of the goal are only: AAA self-adjoint, BBB symmetric, and AAA-bound less than one. No hypothesis that A+BA + BA+B is closed, that Ran⁡(A+B±i)=H\operatorname{Ran}(A + B \pm i) = \mathfrak{H}Ran(A+B±i)=H, or that ±i∈ρ(A+B)\pm i \in \rho(A+B)±i∈ρ(A+B) appears, since any of these would assume the conclusion.

A complete development needs basic facts about resolvents of self-adjoint operators (±iλ∈ρ(A)\pm i\lambda \in \rho(A)±iλ∈ρ(A) and the norm estimates for RAR_ARA​), the closed graph theorem for closable operators, and Neumann series. All of these are reusable in later missions of this series: Weyl's theorem, the free Schrödinger operator, atomic Hamiltonians. Contributions that build these as general LinearPMap lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics, With Applications to Schrödinger Operators, AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, 2009, Section 6.1. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/099
  • T. Kato, Perturbation Theory for Linear Operators, Springer, 2nd ed. 1976, Section V.4. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-66282-9
  • T. Kato, "Fundamental properties of Hamiltonian operators of Schrödinger type", Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1951), 195–211. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1951-0041010-X
  • M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics II: Fourier Analysis, Self-Adjointness, Academic Press, 1975, Theorem X.12. ISBN 978-0-12-585002-5
13 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisDynamical SystemsFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems IV: Regular Sturm–Liouville ProblemsTextbook

Why regular Sturm–Liouville problems

Separation of variables reduces the heat equation, the wave equation and the Schrödinger equation on an interval to an eigenvalue problem for a second-order ordinary differential operator with boundary conditions at both ends. Whether the method works depends on one fact: the eigenfunctions of that operator must be complete, so that every reasonable initial profile can be expanded in them. Chapter 5 of Gerald Teschl's Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems (author's preliminary version of AMS GSM 140, 2012) proves this for regular Sturm–Liouville problems. It does so without Lebesgue integration or Hilbert-space completeness: it works in the space of continuous functions with a weighted scalar product, and it develops the necessary spectral theory of compact symmetric operators from scratch.

A short history. Sturm and Liouville (1836–1837) studied the zeros and the eigenvalues of such equations and the expansion of functions in eigenfunctions. Hilbert and Schmidt (1904–1907) put the expansion on a rigorous footing through their theory of integral equations with symmetric kernels, from which the abstract spectral theorem for compact symmetric operators emerged.

Setting

Let a<ba < ba<b and let p,q,rp, q, rp,q,r be real functions on [a,b][a,b][a,b] with

r,q∈C([a,b],R),p∈C1([a,b],R),p(x)>0, r(x)>0  (x∈[a,b]).(5.45)r, q \in C([a,b], \mathbb{R}), \qquad p \in C^1([a,b], \mathbb{R}), \qquad p(x) > 0,\ r(x) > 0 \ \ (x \in [a,b]). \qquad (5.45)r,q∈C([a,b],R),p∈C1([a,b],R),p(x)>0, r(x)>0  (x∈[a,b]).(5.45)

These regularity assumptions hold throughout. The Sturm–Liouville operator is

Lf=1r(−(pf′)′+qf),L f = \frac{1}{r}\Bigl( -(p f')' + q f \Bigr),Lf=r1​(−(pf′)′+qf),

acting on the domain

D(L)={f∈C2([a,b],C):cos⁡(α)f(a)−sin⁡(α)p(a)f′(a)=0,  cos⁡(β)f(b)−sin⁡(β)p(b)f′(b)=0}D(L) = \{ f \in C^2([a,b], \mathbb{C}) : \cos(\alpha) f(a) - \sin(\alpha) p(a) f'(a) = 0,\ \ \cos(\beta) f(b) - \sin(\beta) p(b) f'(b) = 0 \}D(L)={f∈C2([a,b],C):cos(α)f(a)−sin(α)p(a)f′(a)=0,  cos(β)f(b)−sin(β)p(b)f′(b)=0}

for fixed real α,β\alpha, \betaα,β (the separated boundary conditions; α=0\alpha = 0α=0 is Dirichlet, α=π/2\alpha = \pi/2α=π/2 Neumann). The underlying space is H0=C([a,b],C)H_0 = C([a,b], \mathbb{C})H0​=C([a,b],C) with the weighted scalar product

⟨f,g⟩=∫abf(x)∗g(x) r(x) dx\langle f, g \rangle = \int_a^b f(x)^* g(x)\, r(x)\, dx⟨f,g⟩=∫ab​f(x)∗g(x)r(x)dx

and norm ∥f∥=⟨f,f⟩\|f\| = \sqrt{\langle f, f\rangle}∥f∥=⟨f,f⟩​. H0H_0H0​ is an inner product space but it is not complete. A number z∈Cz \in \mathbb{C}z∈C is an eigenvalue of LLL if Lf=zfL f = z fLf=zf for some f∈D(L)f \in D(L)f∈D(L) that does not vanish identically; fff is an eigenfunction. An orthonormal basis of H0H_0H0​ is an orthonormal sequence (un)(u_n)(un​) such that ∥f−∑n<N⟨un,f⟩un∥→0\|f - \sum_{n<N} \langle u_n, f\rangle u_n\| \to 0∥f−∑n<N​⟨un​,f⟩un​∥→0 for every f∈H0f \in H_0f∈H0​.

For the abstract part, H0H_0H0​ is any complex inner product space (again not assumed complete). A linear operator AAA on a dense subspace is symmetric if ⟨g,Af⟩=⟨Ag,f⟩\langle g, Af\rangle = \langle Ag, f\rangle⟨g,Af⟩=⟨Ag,f⟩; an everywhere defined AAA is compact if (Afn)(A f_n)(Afn​) has a convergent subsequence in H0H_0H0​ whenever (fn)(f_n)(fn​) is bounded.

For z∈Cz \in \mathbb{C}z∈C let ua(z,⋅)u_a(z,\cdot)ua​(z,⋅), ub(z,⋅)u_b(z,\cdot)ub​(z,⋅) solve Lu=zuL u = z uLu=zu with ua(z,a)=sin⁡αu_a(z,a) = \sin\alphaua​(z,a)=sinα, p(a)ua′(z,a)=cos⁡αp(a)u_a'(z,a) = \cos\alphap(a)ua′​(z,a)=cosα, ub(z,b)=sin⁡βu_b(z,b) = \sin\betaub​(z,b)=sinβ, p(b)ub′(z,b)=cos⁡βp(b)u_b'(z,b) = \cos\betap(b)ub′​(z,b)=cosβ. Their Wronskian is W(z)=ubpua′−pub′uaW(z) = u_b p u_a' - p u_b' u_aW(z)=ub​pua′​−pub′​ua​, which does not depend on the point where it is evaluated. When W(z)≠0W(z) \neq 0W(z)=0, the resolvent RL(z)R_L(z)RL​(z) is the integral operator with the Green function G(z,x,t)=W(z)−1ub(z,max⁡(x,t)) ua(z,min⁡(x,t))G(z,x,t) = W(z)^{-1} u_b(z,\max(x,t))\, u_a(z,\min(x,t))G(z,x,t)=W(z)−1ub​(z,max(x,t))ua​(z,min(x,t)) and weight rrr.

Formalization targets

Goal: eigenfunction expansion (Theorem 5.11)

There are real numbers EnE_nEn​ and real-valued eigenfunctions un∈D(L)u_n \in D(L)un​∈D(L), Lun=EnunL u_n = E_n u_nLun​=En​un​, such that:

  • the EnE_nEn​ are pairwise distinct and are all the eigenvalues of LLL, and every eigenfunction for EnE_nEn​ is a multiple of unu_nun​ (the eigenvalues are simple);
  • ∣En∣→∞|E_n| \to \infty∣En​∣→∞ (the eigenvalues accumulate only at ∞\infty∞);
  • ⟨um,un⟩=δmn\langle u_m, u_n \rangle = \delta_{mn}⟨um​,un​⟩=δmn​, and for every f∈H0f \in H_0f∈H0​
f=∑n=0∞⟨un,f⟩ unin H0,(5.70)f = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \langle u_n, f \rangle\, u_n \quad \text{in } H_0, \qquad (5.70)f=n=0∑∞​⟨un​,f⟩un​in H0​,(5.70)
  • for f∈D(L)f \in D(L)f∈D(L) the series (5.70) converges uniformly on [a,b][a,b][a,b].

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.4. Eigenvalues of a symmetric operator are real, and eigenvectors for different eigenvalues are orthogonal.
  2. Theorem 5.5. A compact symmetric operator on a nonzero inner product space has an eigenvalue α0\alpha_0α0​ with ∣α0∣=∥A∥=sup⁡∥f∥=1∥Af∥|\alpha_0| = \|A\| = \sup_{\|f\|=1}\|Af\|∣α0​∣=∥A∥=sup∥f∥=1​∥Af∥.
  3. Theorem 5.6 (spectral theorem). A compact symmetric operator has real eigenvalues αj\alpha_jαj​ with orthonormal eigenvectors uju_juj​, infinitely many when H0H_0H0​ is infinite dimensional and then αj→0\alpha_j \to 0αj​→0, and f=∑j⟨uj,f⟩ujf = \sum_j \langle u_j, f\rangle u_jf=∑j​⟨uj​,f⟩uj​ for every f∈Ran⁡(A)f \in \operatorname{Ran}(A)f∈Ran(A); if Ran⁡(A)\operatorname{Ran}(A)Ran(A) is dense the uju_juj​ are an orthonormal basis.
  4. Lemma 5.9. W(z)W(z)W(z) is an entire function of zzz whose zeros are exactly the eigenvalues of LLL.
  5. Lemma 5.10. For W(z)≠0W(z) \ne 0W(z)=0, RL(z)R_L(z)RL​(z) is compact on H0H_0H0​, and symmetric for real zzz.
  6. Lemma 5.12 (Rayleigh–Ritz). The eigenvalues can be ordered E0<E1<⋯E_0 < E_1 < \cdotsE0​<E1​<⋯; E0=min⁡⟨f,Lf⟩=min⁡Q(f)E_0 = \min \langle f, Lf\rangle = \min Q(f)E0​=min⟨f,Lf⟩=minQ(f) over normalized f∈D(L)f \in D(L)f∈D(L), attained exactly at the eigenfunctions for E0E_0E0​; and min⁡[a,b]q≤E0\min_{[a,b]} q \le E_0min[a,b]​q≤E0​ when 0≤α≤π/2≤β≤π0 \le \alpha \le \pi/2 \le \beta \le \pi0≤α≤π/2≤β≤π. Here QQQ is the quadratic form ∫ab(p∣f′∣2+q∣f∣2) dx\int_a^b (p |f'|^2 + q |f|^2)\,dx∫ab​(p∣f′∣2+q∣f∣2)dx plus the boundary terms cot⁡(α)∣f(a)∣2−cot⁡(β)∣f(b)∣2\cot(\alpha)|f(a)|^2 - \cot(\beta)|f(b)|^2cot(α)∣f(a)∣2−cot(β)∣f(b)∣2 (dropped when the angle is 000).

Significance

Theorem 5.11 is the statement that makes eigenfunction expansions legitimate: Fourier sine and cosine series are its special case p=r=1p = r = 1p=r=1, q=0q = 0q=0, and it covers any positive weight and any smooth positive stiffness with separated boundary conditions. Solutions of the heat and wave equations on an interval with variable coefficients are built from it. The uniform convergence for f∈D(L)f \in D(L)f∈D(L) is the version needed to differentiate or evaluate such series pointwise. Lemma 5.12 provides the variational characterisation of the lowest eigenvalue, the starting point for comparison theorems and eigenvalue estimates.

On the formal side, Mathlib has the spectral theorem for self-adjoint operators on finite-dimensional spaces, compact operators on normed spaces, and L2L^2L2 spaces. It has no Sturm–Liouville theory, no Green functions for boundary value problems, and no spectral theorem for compact symmetric operators on incomplete inner product spaces. The platform has finite-dimensional Rayleigh-quotient results and compactness of L2L^2L2 convolution operators, but nothing on this setting. The results here are classical and proved; what is missing is a machine-checked proof in the book's elementary setting of continuous functions.

Difficulty

The operator LLL is unbounded on H0H_0H0​ (Problem 5.16), so the obvious first idea, applying a spectral theorem for compact or bounded symmetric operators to LLL itself, does not work. Completeness of the eigenfunctions is also subtle because H0H_0H0​ is not complete. Hilbert-space arguments that produce limits in a completion, or that go through L2L^2L2, do not by themselves give an expansion of a continuous function in continuous eigenfunctions with convergence in H0H_0H0​, still less uniform convergence. Simplicity of the eigenvalues depends on the separated boundary conditions and fails for periodic ones. On the formal side, one needs analytic dependence of solutions of a linear ODE on a complex parameter, one-sided derivatives at the endpoints, and interval integrals of piecewise-defined kernels.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces. The abstract results use a type with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℂ E] and no CompleteSpace. Symmetry on a dense domain is IsSymmetricOp; for everywhere defined operators it is Mathlib's LinearMap.IsSymmetric. Compactness is IsCompactOp: subsequences converge in H0H_0H0​ itself. H0=C([a,b],C)H_0 = C([a,b],\mathbb{C})H0​=C([a,b],C) is represented by functions R→C\mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{C}R→C continuous on Set.Icc a b, with SLInner the weighted scalar product (5.52) as an interval integral. It is not L2L^2L2 and not a HilbertBasis.
  • Operator and domain. SLOp, SLDomain, IsSLEigenfunction implement (5.53)–(5.55) with derivWithin on Set.Icc a b (one-sided at the endpoints) and ContDiffOn ℝ 2. RegularSL is (5.45), including a<ba < ba<b. α,β\alpha, \betaα,β are arbitrary reals.
  • Quantifier readings. "Countable, discrete, accumulating only at ∞\infty∞" is an injective sequence EnE_nEn​ exhausting the eigenvalues with ∣En∣→∞|E_n| \to \infty∣En​∣→∞. "Simple" is: every eigenfunction for EnE_nEn​ equals c unc\,u_ncun​ on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. "Can be chosen real-valued" is an existential choice of un:R→Ru_n : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}un​:R→R. ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥ in Theorem 5.5 is expressed by IsLUB of {∥Af∥:∥f∥=1}\{\|Af\| : \|f\|=1\}{∥Af∥:∥f∥=1}, and Theorem 5.5 assumes H0≠{0}H_0 \neq \{0\}H0​={0}. In Theorem 5.6, N∈N0∪{∞}N \in \mathbb{N}_0 \cup \{\infty\}N∈N0​∪{∞} is ℕ∞: N=∞N = \inftyN=∞ in infinite dimension and N=dim⁡H0N = \dim H_0N=dimH0​ otherwise. The minima of Lemma 5.12 are IsLeast (attained), and "equality iff f=u0f = u_0f=u0​" reads as "iff fff is an eigenfunction for E0E_0E0​", i.e. f=c u0f = c\,u_0f=cu0​ with ∣c∣=1|c| = 1∣c∣=1. min⁡q≤E0\min q \le E_0minq≤E0​ is ∃x∈[a,b], q(x)≤E0\exists x \in [a,b],\ q(x) \le E_0∃x∈[a,b], q(x)≤E0​. Norm convergence is Re⁡⟨f−SN,f−SN⟩→0\operatorname{Re}\langle f - S_N, f - S_N\rangle \to 0Re⟨f−SN​,f−SN​⟩→0.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. The resolvent is only considered with W(z)≠0W(z) \ne 0W(z)=0 (Lean's 0−1=00^{-1} = 00−1=0 would make it the zero operator). Scalar products are only applied to functions continuous on [a,b][a,b][a,b], so no integral takes a junk value. Eigenfunctions must be nonzero on [a,b][a,b][a,b]. The expansion must hold in the weighted norm for every continuous fff, which an orthonormal family that is merely orthonormal would not satisfy.

A complete development needs linear ODEs with a complex parameter and their analytic dependence on it, Green functions, an Arzelà–Ascoli argument in C([a,b])C([a,b])C([a,b]), and the spectral theorem for compact symmetric operators on an inner product space. The definitions RegularSL, SLOp, SLDomain, SLInner and SLWronskian are reusable for the oscillation and comparison theory (Theorems 5.17–5.25) in the rest of the chapter. Contributions connecting IsCompactOp to Mathlib's IsCompactOperator on the completion are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 140, American Mathematical Society, 2012. Author's preliminary version: https://www.mat.univie.ac.at/~gerald/ftp/book-ode/ode.pdf ; published version: https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/140
  • J. C. F. Sturm, Mémoire sur les équations différentielles linéaires du second ordre, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 1 (1836), 106–186. http://www.numdam.org/item/JMPA_1836_1_1__106_0/
  • J. Liouville, Mémoire sur le développement des fonctions ou parties de fonctions en séries dont les divers termes sont assujettis à satisfaire à une même équation différentielle du second ordre, Journal de Mathématiques Pures et Appliquées 1 (1836), 253–265. http://www.numdam.org/item/JMPA_1836_1_1__253_0/
  • E. Schmidt, Zur Theorie der linearen und nichtlinearen Integralgleichungen. I, Mathematische Annalen 63 (1907), 433–476. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01449770
17 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional AnalysisHarmonic Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics III: The Herglotz Representation and Stieltjes InversionTextbook

Motivation

In spectral theory the resolvent of a self-adjoint operator AAA is studied through scalar functions Fψ(z)=⟨ψ,(A−z)−1ψ⟩F_\psi(z) = \langle \psi, (A - z)^{-1}\psi\rangleFψ​(z)=⟨ψ,(A−z)−1ψ⟩, defined for non-real zzz. Each FψF_\psiFψ​ is holomorphic on the upper half plane and maps it into itself. The spectral theorem, in the form presented in G. Teschl's Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics (AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, 2009), comes down to the converse: a function of this kind with the right growth is the Cauchy–Stieltjes transform of a finite measure on R\mathbb{R}R, and that measure is the spectral measure of ψ\psiψ. In the other direction, the absolutely continuous, singularly continuous and pure point spectra of Schrödinger operators are identified by looking at the boundary values of FψF_\psiFψ​ on the real axis. This mission formalizes the appendix to Chapter 3 of Teschl's book (Section 3.4, The Herglotz theorem, pp. 106–110) and Theorem 3.10, the measure-theoretic layer that the rest of the book's spectral analysis stands on.

The representation goes back to G. Herglotz (1911) for the disc and R. Nevanlinna (1922) for the half plane. The inversion formula is due to T. J. Stieltjes (1894). The link between boundary values and the Lebesgue decomposition of the measure is classical harmonic analysis on the half plane (Fatou, de la Vallée Poussin) and is the tool behind the spectral-type results of Gilbert–Pearson subordinacy theory and Aronszajn–Donoghue rank-one perturbation theory.

Setting

Write C+={z∈C∣Im⁡(z)>0}\mathbb{C}_+ = \{z \in \mathbb{C} \mid \operatorname{Im}(z) > 0\}C+​={z∈C∣Im(z)>0}. A Herglotz function is a holomorphic map FFF on C+\mathbb{C}_+C+​ with Im⁡F(z)>0\operatorname{Im} F(z) > 0ImF(z)>0 for every z∈C+z \in \mathbb{C}_+z∈C+​ (IsHerglotz).

For a Borel measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb{R}R, its Borel transform is

F(z)=∫Rdμ(λ)λ−zF(z) = \int_{\mathbb{R}} \frac{d\mu(\lambda)}{\lambda - z}F(z)=∫R​λ−zdμ(λ)​

(borelTransform μ). The spectrum of μ\muμ is its set of growth points, σ(μ)={λ∣μ((λ−ε,λ+ε))>0 for all ε>0}\sigma(\mu) = \{\lambda \mid \mu((\lambda-\varepsilon,\lambda+\varepsilon)) > 0 \text{ for all } \varepsilon > 0\}σ(μ)={λ∣μ((λ−ε,λ+ε))>0 for all ε>0} (measureSpectrum).

With Bε(x)=(x−ε,x+ε)B_\varepsilon(x) = (x - \varepsilon, x + \varepsilon)Bε​(x)=(x−ε,x+ε) and ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ Lebesgue measure, the upper and lower derivatives of μ\muμ are (D‾μ)(x)=lim sup⁡ε↓0μ(Bε(x))/∣Bε(x)∣(\overline{D}\mu)(x) = \limsup_{\varepsilon\downarrow0} \mu(B_\varepsilon(x))/|B_\varepsilon(x)|(Dμ)(x)=limsupε↓0​μ(Bε​(x))/∣Bε​(x)∣ and (D‾μ)(x)=lim inf⁡ε↓0μ(Bε(x))/∣Bε(x)∣(\underline{D}\mu)(x) = \liminf_{\varepsilon\downarrow0} \mu(B_\varepsilon(x))/|B_\varepsilon(x)|(D​μ)(x)=liminfε↓0​μ(Bε​(x))/∣Bε​(x)∣, values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (upperDeriv, lowerDeriv). The derivative (Dμ)(x)(D\mu)(x)(Dμ)(x) is the limit when it exists, possibly ∞\infty∞ (HasMeasureDeriv μ x d).

A set AAA is a support of μ\muμ if μ(R∖A)=0\mu(\mathbb{R}\setminus A) = 0μ(R∖A)=0 (IsSupport). A support MMM is a minimal support if every Borel M0⊆MM_0 \subseteq MM0​⊆M with μ(M0)=0\mu(M_0) = 0μ(M0​)=0 is Lebesgue-null (IsMinimalSupport). The Lebesgue decomposition dμ=dμac+dμsd\mu = d\mu_{ac} + d\mu_sdμ=dμac​+dμs​ with respect to Lebesgue measure refines to dμs=dμsc+dμppd\mu_s = d\mu_{sc} + d\mu_{pp}dμs​=dμsc​+dμpp​, where μpp\mu_{pp}μpp​ lives on the atoms of μ\muμ. The absolutely continuous part μac\mu_{ac}μac​ and the singularly continuous part μsc\mu_{sc}μsc​ are acPart μ and scPart μ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Herglotz representation (Theorem 3.20)

If FFF is a Herglotz function and ∣F(z)∣≤M/Im⁡(z)|F(z)| \le M/\operatorname{Im}(z)∣F(z)∣≤M/Im(z) for all z∈C+z \in \mathbb{C}_+z∈C+​, then there is a Borel measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb{R}R with μ(R)≤M\mu(\mathbb{R}) \le Mμ(R)≤M and

F(z)=∫Rdμ(λ)λ−z,z∈C+.F(z) = \int_{\mathbb{R}} \frac{d\mu(\lambda)}{\lambda - z}, \qquad z \in \mathbb{C}_+ .F(z)=∫R​λ−zdμ(λ)​,z∈C+​.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 3.10. For a finite Borel measure μ\muμ, the transform is holomorphic on C∖σ(μ)\mathbb{C}\setminus\sigma(\mu)C∖σ(μ), is a Herglotz function when μ≠0\mu \ne 0μ=0, and satisfies F(z∗)=F(z)∗F(z^*) = F(z)^*F(z∗)=F(z)∗ and ∣F(z)∣≤μ(R)/Im⁡(z)|F(z)| \le \mu(\mathbb{R})/\operatorname{Im}(z)∣F(z)∣≤μ(R)/Im(z) on C+\mathbb{C}_+C+​.
  2. Theorem 3.21. μ\muμ is determined by its transform on C+\mathbb{C}_+C+​, and for λ1<λ2\lambda_1 < \lambda_2λ1​<λ2​
12(μ((λ1,λ2))+μ([λ1,λ2]))=lim⁡ε↓01π∫λ1λ2Im⁡F(λ+iε) dλ.\tfrac12\bigl(\mu((\lambda_1,\lambda_2)) + \mu([\lambda_1,\lambda_2])\bigr) = \lim_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\frac1\pi\int_{\lambda_1}^{\lambda_2}\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon)\,d\lambda .21​(μ((λ1​,λ2​))+μ([λ1​,λ2​]))=ε↓0lim​π1​∫λ1​λ2​​ImF(λ+iε)dλ.
  1. Theorem 3.22. For every λ\lambdaλ, (D‾μ)(λ)≤lim inf⁡ε↓01πIm⁡F(λ+iε)≤lim sup⁡ε↓01πIm⁡F(λ+iε)≤(D‾μ)(λ)(\underline D\mu)(\lambda) \le \liminf_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\frac1\pi\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon) \le \limsup_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\frac1\pi\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon) \le (\overline D\mu)(\lambda)(D​μ)(λ)≤liminfε↓0​π1​ImF(λ+iε)≤limsupε↓0​π1​ImF(λ+iε)≤(Dμ)(λ).
  2. Theorem 3.23. lim⁡ε↓01πIm⁡F(λ+iε)\lim_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\frac1\pi\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon)limε↓0​π1​ImF(λ+iε) exists in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] for μ\muμ-a.e. and Lebesgue-a.e. λ\lambdaλ, equals (Dμ)(λ)(D\mu)(\lambda)(Dμ)(λ) wherever the latter exists; the set where it is ∞\infty∞ supports μsc\mu_{sc}μsc​, and the set where it lies in (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) is a minimal support of μac\mu_{ac}μac​.
  3. Corollary 3.24. If lim sup⁡ε↓0Im⁡F(λ+iε)<∞\limsup_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon) < \inftylimsupε↓0​ImF(λ+iε)<∞ for all λ\lambdaλ in a Borel set III, then μ∣I\mu|_Iμ∣I​ is absolutely continuous.
  4. Corollary 3.25. lim⁡ε↓0F(λ+iε)\lim_{\varepsilon\downarrow0}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon)limε↓0​F(λ+iε) exists (finite or ∞\infty∞) μ\muμ-a.e. and Lebesgue-a.e., and is finite Lebesgue-a.e.

Significance

Theorem 3.20 together with Theorem 3.10 is a bijection between finite Borel measures on R\mathbb{R}R and Herglotz functions of bounded growth Im⁡(z)∣F(z)∣\operatorname{Im}(z)|F(z)|Im(z)∣F(z)∣. In Teschl's development it produces the spectral measures μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ from the resolvent, and hence the projection-valued measure of an unbounded self-adjoint operator. Theorems 3.21–3.25 turn spectral questions into boundary-value questions. The later chapters on Sturm–Liouville operators and one-dimensional Schrödinger operators decide which spectral type an operator has by reading Im⁡F(λ+i0)\operatorname{Im} F(\lambda + i0)ImF(λ+i0) for the Weyl–Titchmarsh function.

These are textbook results with complete published proofs. Mathlib has the upper half plane as a type, Lebesgue decomposition, Radon–Nikodym derivatives and Vitali-family differentiation of measures, but it has no Borel (Cauchy–Stieltjes) transform of a measure on R\mathbb{R}R, no Herglotz representation on the half plane, and no Stieltjes inversion. The remaining work is to formalize the known proofs against Mathlib's measure theory and complex analysis. No machine-checked version of these statements is known to exist on Prove2Me.

Difficulty

For the goal, the measure has to be built: nothing in the hypothesis names it. A Herglotz function gives no measure directly, only a family of absolutely continuous approximations coming from the boundary values of Im⁡F\operatorname{Im} FImF slightly above the real axis. The difficulty is to pass to a limit that is only a measure (it may have atoms and singular parts), and to identify the limit's transform with FFF itself, not just its imaginary part. The uniform bound is what makes the limit exist and keeps its mass at most MMM. Without it the general Nevanlinna representation carries an extra linear term and a non-finite measure, and the statement here fails.

For the boundary-value theorems, the pointwise behaviour of the Poisson integral has to be compared with the symmetric derivatives of μ\muμ at each point, including points where μ\muμ is singular. The almost-everywhere statements for both μ\muμ and Lebesgue measure need the differentiation theory of measures in its singular form: the derivative is infinite μs\mu_sμs​-almost everywhere, not only finite Lebesgue-almost everywhere.

Formalization scope

Measures are MeasureTheory.Measure ℝ on the Borel σ-algebra. Every theorem assumes IsFiniteMeasure μ, except the goal, whose conclusion μ Set.univ ≤ ENNReal.ofReal M makes μ finite. Functions on the half plane are ℂ → ℂ, constrained only on {z | 0 < z.im}. The Borel transform is a Bochner integral. Every claim evaluates it where the integrand is bounded, so Mathlib's convention that a non-integrable integral is 000 never enters.

Limits as ε↓0\varepsilon \downarrow 0ε↓0 are taken along 𝓝[>] 0. The quantities that may be infinite (derivatives of measures, boundary values of Im⁡F\operatorname{Im}FImF) live in ℝ≥0∞, with Im⁡F(λ+iε)\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon)ImF(λ+iε), which is nonnegative for ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, embedded by ENNReal.ofReal. An infinite limit of FFF itself is Tendsto … (Bornology.cobounded ℂ). The lower and upper derivatives, the supports and the parts μac\mu_{ac}μac​, μsc\mu_{sc}μsc​ are defined in the mission's namespace exactly as in the book (Sec. A.8, Sec. 3.2).

Three readings of the printed text are fixed. Theorem 3.22 is stated for Im⁡F(λ+iε)\operatorname{Im}F(\lambda+i\varepsilon)ImF(λ+iε), which is what its proof estimates. Theorem 3.23's identity takes the factor 1/π1/\pi1/π once, consistent with Theorem 3.22. Theorem 3.10's Herglotz conclusion is stated for μ≠0\mu \ne 0μ=0: the book's Herglotz functions map into the open half plane, and the zero measure's transform is identically zero.

A Herglotz function is defined analytically (holomorphic, positive imaginary part), never as "a Borel transform"; the latter would make the goal a tautology. No object is taken as data. The chunk uses no Hilbert space, no operator, and no projection-valued measure.

Useful infrastructure: UpperHalfPlane, Cauchy's integral formula on rectangles and semicircles, weak compactness of finite measures on R\mathbb{R}R (Helly/Prokhorov), Mathlib's VitaliFamily.ae_tendsto_rnDeriv and Measure.singularPart. A reusable Poisson-kernel library for the half plane would be a welcome by-product, as would the vague-convergence lemmas of the book's Appendix A.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics, With Applications to Schrödinger Operators, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, American Mathematical Society, 2009, Sec. 3.2, Sec. 3.4 and Sec. A.8. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/099
  • G. Herglotz, Über Potenzreihen mit positivem, reellen Teil im Einheitskreis, Berichte über die Verhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Math.-Phys. Klasse 63 (1911), 501–511.
  • R. Nevanlinna, Asymptotische Entwicklungen beschränkter Funktionen und das Stieltjessche Momentenproblem, Annales Academiae Scientiarum Fennicae A 18 (1922).
  • T. J. Stieltjes, Recherches sur les fractions continues, Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Toulouse 8 (1894), J1–J122. https://doi.org/10.5802/afst.108
  • F. Gesztesy, E. Tsekanovskii, On matrix-valued Herglotz functions, Mathematische Nachrichten 218 (2000), 61–138. https://doi.org/10.1002/1522-2616(200010)218:1<61::AID-MANA61>3.0.CO;2-D
28 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics I: Self-Adjoint Extensions and Defect IndicesTextbook

Why self-adjoint extensions matter

In quantum mechanics an observable is a self-adjoint operator on a complex Hilbert space H\mathfrak{H}H. Physics, however, usually hands over a symmetric operator: a differential expression such as −i ddx-\mathrm{i}\,\tfrac{d}{dx}−idxd​ or −Δ+V-\Delta + V−Δ+V on a convenient domain of smooth functions, on which integration by parts shows ⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩\langle \varphi, A\psi\rangle = \langle A\varphi, \psi\rangle⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩. Symmetry is easy to check and self-adjointness is not. Two questions then decide whether the formal expression defines a physical theory: does AAA have a self-adjoint extension at all, and if so, how many? Different extensions correspond to different boundary conditions and to different dynamics (via Stone's theorem), so the answer is physically meaningful.

John von Neumann answered both questions in 1929–1930 with the Cayley transform and the defect indices (von Neumann 1930). His criterion is the goal of this mission, in the form given in Chapter 2 of G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics (AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, 2009), from which every statement of the mission is taken.

Setting

Let H\mathfrak{H}H be a complex Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩, conjugate-linear in the first argument. A linear operator AAA is a linear map A:D(A)→HA : \mathfrak{D}(A) \to \mathfrak{H}A:D(A)→H defined on a linear subspace D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A), its domain. An operator BBB extends AAA, written A⊆BA \subseteq BA⊆B, if D(A)⊆D(B)\mathfrak{D}(A) \subseteq \mathfrak{D}(B)D(A)⊆D(B) and Bψ=AψB\psi = A\psiBψ=Aψ for ψ∈D(A)\psi \in \mathfrak{D}(A)ψ∈D(A).

AAA is symmetric if D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A) is dense and ⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩\langle \varphi, A\psi\rangle = \langle A\varphi, \psi\rangle⟨φ,Aψ⟩=⟨Aφ,ψ⟩ for all φ,ψ∈D(A)\varphi, \psi \in \mathfrak{D}(A)φ,ψ∈D(A). For densely defined AAA the adjoint A∗A^*A∗ has domain {ψ∣∃ψ~:⟨ψ,Aφ⟩=⟨ψ~,φ⟩ ∀φ∈D(A)}\{\psi \mid \exists \tilde\psi : \langle\psi, A\varphi\rangle = \langle\tilde\psi, \varphi\rangle \ \forall \varphi \in \mathfrak{D}(A)\}{ψ∣∃ψ~​:⟨ψ,Aφ⟩=⟨ψ~​,φ⟩ ∀φ∈D(A)} and acts by A∗ψ=ψ~A^*\psi = \tilde\psiA∗ψ=ψ~​. AAA is self-adjoint if A=A∗A = A^*A=A∗, domains included, and essentially self-adjoint if its closure A‾\overline{A}A (the operator whose graph is the closure of the graph of AAA) is self-adjoint.

For z∈Cz \in \mathbb{C}z∈C, A+zA + zA+z is the operator ψ↦Aψ+zψ\psi \mapsto A\psi + z\psiψ↦Aψ+zψ on D(A)\mathfrak{D}(A)D(A). The resolvent set ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) is the set of zzz for which A−z:D(A)→HA - z : \mathfrak{D}(A) \to \mathfrak{H}A−z:D(A)→H is a bijection with bounded inverse RA(z)=(A−z)−1R_A(z) = (A-z)^{-1}RA​(z)=(A−z)−1, and the spectrum is σ(A)=C∖ρ(A)\sigma(A) = \mathbb{C}\setminus\rho(A)σ(A)=C∖ρ(A).

For symmetric AAA the defect spaces and defect indices are

K±=Ran⁡(A±i)⊥=Ker⁡(A∗∓i),d±(A)=dim⁡K±,K_\pm = \operatorname{Ran}(A \pm \mathrm{i})^\perp = \operatorname{Ker}(A^* \mp \mathrm{i}), \qquad d_\pm(A) = \dim K_\pm,K±​=Ran(A±i)⊥=Ker(A∗∓i),d±​(A)=dimK±​,

where dim⁡\dimdim is the Hilbert dimension (the cardinality of an orthonormal basis, possibly infinite). The Cayley transform of AAA is

V=(A−i)(A+i)−1:Ran⁡(A+i)→Ran⁡(A−i).V = (A - \mathrm{i})(A + \mathrm{i})^{-1} : \operatorname{Ran}(A + \mathrm{i}) \to \operatorname{Ran}(A - \mathrm{i}).V=(A−i)(A+i)−1:Ran(A+i)→Ran(A−i).

Formalization targets

Goal: von Neumann's criterion (Theorem 2.26)

For every symmetric operator AAA,

∃ B⊇A self-adjoint  ⟺  d+(A)=d−(A).\exists\, B \supseteq A \text{ self-adjoint} \iff d_+(A) = d_-(A).∃B⊇A self-adjoint⟺d+​(A)=d−​(A).

Milestones

In the order of the book:

  • Corollary 2.2. A self-adjoint operator has no proper symmetric extension.
  • Lemma 2.3. If AAA is symmetric and Ran⁡(A+z)=Ran⁡(A+z∗)=H\operatorname{Ran}(A + z) = \operatorname{Ran}(A + z^*) = \mathfrak{H}Ran(A+z)=Ran(A+z∗)=H for one z∈Cz \in \mathbb{C}z∈C, then AAA is self-adjoint.
  • Lemma 2.7. A symmetric AAA is essentially self-adjoint iff Ran⁡(A+z)‾=Ran⁡(A+z∗)‾=H\overline{\operatorname{Ran}(A+z)} = \overline{\operatorname{Ran}(A+z^*)} = \mathfrak{H}Ran(A+z)​=Ran(A+z∗)​=H for one z∈C∖Rz \in \mathbb{C}\setminus\mathbb{R}z∈C∖R, iff Ker⁡(A∗+z)=Ker⁡(A∗+z∗)={0}\operatorname{Ker}(A^*+z) = \operatorname{Ker}(A^*+z^*) = \{0\}Ker(A∗+z)=Ker(A∗+z∗)={0} for one such zzz; for nonnegative AAA, a real z>0z > 0z>0 (spectral point −z<0-z < 0−z<0) may be used too.
  • Theorem 2.18. A symmetric AAA is self-adjoint iff σ(A)⊆R\sigma(A) \subseteq \mathbb{R}σ(A)⊆R; it is self-adjoint with A≥EA \ge EA≥E iff σ(A)⊆[E,∞)\sigma(A) \subseteq [E,\infty)σ(A)⊆[E,∞); and then ∥RA(z)∥≤∣Im⁡z∣−1\|R_A(z)\| \le |\operatorname{Im} z|^{-1}∥RA​(z)∥≤∣Imz∣−1 and ∥RA(λ)∥≤∣λ−E∣−1\|R_A(\lambda)\| \le |\lambda - E|^{-1}∥RA​(λ)∥≤∣λ−E∣−1 for λ<E\lambda < Eλ<E.
  • Theorem 2.25. The Cayley transform is a bijection from the symmetric operators onto the isometric operators VVV with Ran⁡(1−V)\operatorname{Ran}(1 - V)Ran(1−V) dense.
  • Theorem 2.26, (2.103)–(2.104). For a closed symmetric AAA with a self-adjoint extension A1A_1A1​ whose Cayley transform is V1V_1V1​: D(A1)=D(A)+(1−V1)K+\mathfrak{D}(A_1) = \mathfrak{D}(A) + (1 - V_1)K_+D(A1​)=D(A)+(1−V1​)K+​ and A1(ψ+φ+−V1φ+)=Aψ+iφ++iV1φ+A_1(\psi + \varphi_+ - V_1\varphi_+) = A\psi + \mathrm{i}\varphi_+ + \mathrm{i}V_1\varphi_+A1​(ψ+φ+​−V1​φ+​)=Aψ+iφ+​+iV1​φ+​.
  • Lemma 2.27. AAA is closed iff D(V)\mathfrak{D}(V)D(V) is closed iff Ran⁡(V)\operatorname{Ran}(V)Ran(V) is closed iff VVV is closed.
  • Theorem 2.28. If a symmetric AAA commutes with a conjugation CCC (CCC-real), then d+(A)=d−(A)d_+(A) = d_-(A)d+​(A)=d−​(A).

Significance

The criterion is the standard tool for deciding whether a formal Hamiltonian is a legitimate observable, and for classifying its realizations: by the parametrization (2.103)–(2.104), the self-adjoint extensions correspond to the unitary maps K+→K−K_+ \to K_-K+​→K−​. Theorem 2.28 turns the criterion into a practical test, since every real differential operator, for example a Schrödinger operator with real potential, is CCC-real for complex conjugation and therefore has self-adjoint extensions. Lemma 2.7 and Theorem 2.18 are the everyday criteria for self-adjointness and the basic spectral facts on which Chapters 3–6 of the book rest. The Friedrichs extension, Weyl's limit point/limit circle theory and the Kato–Rellich theorem all refine these statements.

All of these results are classical and proved in every text on unbounded operators (for example Schmüdgen 2012, Chapters 3 and 13). None is formalized in Mathlib, which provides the adjoint, closure and self-adjointness of a LinearPMap but no resolvent set, spectrum, Cayley transform or defect theory for unbounded operators. The platform's existing material on essential self-adjointness is stated for specific Hamiltonians on bespoke structures, not for general operators. A formal proof here supplies the unbounded-operator layer that every later mission in this series (spectral theorem, Kato–Rellich, Weyl's theorem, Sturm–Liouville theory) restates.

Difficulty

The obvious reduction, "a self-adjoint extension is a unitary extension of the Cayley transform, and a unitary K+→K−K_+ \to K_-K+​→K−​ exists iff the dimensions agree", hides most of the work. The correspondence between extensions of AAA and extensions of VVV runs through the inverse Cayley transform A=i(1+V)(1−V)−1A = \mathrm{i}(1+V)(1-V)^{-1}A=i(1+V)(1−V)−1, which requires injectivity of 1−V1 - V1−V and careful bookkeeping of partial domains. Extending an isometry to a unitary requires passing to closures of Ran⁡(A±i)\operatorname{Ran}(A \pm \mathrm{i})Ran(A±i) when AAA is not closed. Equal Hilbert dimension must be converted into an actual unitary between the defect spaces. Theorem 2.18 needs the self-adjointness criterion of Lemma 2.7 in the direction "spectrum real implies self-adjoint", where the range conditions come from the resolvent set rather than from symmetry. Each of these steps is routine on paper and requires explicit domain management in Lean.

Formalization scope

Operators are Mathlib LinearPMaps H →ₗ.[ℂ] H on a complex Hilbert space (InnerProductSpace ℂ H, CompleteSpace H). Separability, part of the book's standing assumption, is not needed by any statement and is not assumed. Extension is the order A ≤ B. Self-adjointness is Mathlib's IsSelfAdjoint (equality with LinearPMap.adjoint), and symmetry includes density of the domain, so every adjoint in the mission is taken of a densely defined operator and is the book's A∗A^*A∗. The closure is LinearPMap.closure; closedness is LinearPMap.IsClosed.

The mission uses the series' shared definitions TeschlQM.Shared.IsSymmetric, TeschlQM.Shared.IsEssentiallySelfAdjoint and TeschlQM.Shared.IsResolventAt, resolventSet, spectrum, and defines, in the namespace TeschlQM.SelfAdjoint: addScalar, rangeAdd, kerAdd for A+zA + zA+z, Ran⁡(A+z)\operatorname{Ran}(A+z)Ran(A+z), Ker⁡(A+z)\operatorname{Ker}(A+z)Ker(A+z); IsCayleyTransform, IsIsometric, rangeOneSub; defectPlus, defectMinus, HasEqualDefectIndices; IsConjugation, IsCReal. Nothing that the book derives is taken as data: the Cayley transform is a relation that determines VVV from AAA, and its existence and uniqueness are part of Theorem 2.25.

Conventions that matter:

  • σ(A)\sigma(A)σ(A) is defined exactly as on p. 73 of the book (bijective onto H\mathfrak{H}H with bounded inverse), not with Mathlib's Banach-algebra spectrum. For a non-closed operator this makes σ(A)=C\sigma(A) = \mathbb{C}σ(A)=C.
  • K±K_\pmK±​ are Ran⁡(A±i)⊥\operatorname{Ran}(A\pm\mathrm{i})^\perpRan(A±i)⊥, and d+=d−d_+ = d_-d+​=d−​ is expressed as the existence of a unitary K₊ ≃ₗᵢ[ℂ] K₋, which is equivalent to equality of Hilbert dimensions. Reading "self-adjoint extension" with the order reversed, or taking K±K_\pmK±​ as kernels of A∓iA \mp \mathrm{i}A∓i (which are trivial for symmetric AAA), would make the goal trivial; neither is used.
  • A conjugation satisfies ⟨Cψ,Cφ⟩=⟨φ,ψ⟩\langle C\psi, C\varphi\rangle = \langle\varphi,\psi\rangle⟨Cψ,Cφ⟩=⟨φ,ψ⟩ (antiunitary). The book prints ⟨ψ,φ⟩\langle\psi,\varphi\rangle⟨ψ,φ⟩ on the right, which no nonzero conjugate-linear map satisfies.
  • In Lemma 2.7 the book admits "z∈(−∞,0)z \in (-\infty, 0)z∈(−∞,0)" for nonnegative AAA while writing the conditions on A+zA + zA+z; the correct range in that convention, and the one its proof uses, is z∈(0,∞)z \in (0, \infty)z∈(0,∞), which is what is stated.
  • The (2.103)–(2.104) milestone assumes AAA closed; without it (2.103) is false (a non-closed essentially self-adjoint AAA is a counterexample).

Reusable parts: the resolvent/spectrum layer and the Cayley transform are needed throughout the rest of the book. Proofs of any milestone, and API lemmas about rangeAdd, kerAdd and adjoints (such as Ker⁡(A∗)=Ran⁡(A)⊥\operatorname{Ker}(A^*) = \operatorname{Ran}(A)^\perpKer(A∗)=Ran(A)⊥ and the reversal A⊆B⇒B∗⊆A∗A \subseteq B \Rightarrow B^* \subseteq A^*A⊆B⇒B∗⊆A∗), are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics, With Applications to Schrödinger Operators, AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, 2009, Chapter 2. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/099
  • J. von Neumann, Allgemeine Eigenwerttheorie Hermitescher Funktionaloperatoren, Mathematische Annalen 102 (1930), 49–131. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01782338
  • K. Schmüdgen, Unbounded Self-adjoint Operators on Hilbert Space, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 265, Springer, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4753-1
16 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Group Theory·Captain: Lucas

Siegel's Fields I: SU(2) double cover of SO(3)Textbook

Motivation

Rotations of three-dimensional space are the most frequently used nontrivial Lie group in physics. Quantum mechanics requires more than the rotation group SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) itself: particles of half-integer spin, such as the electron, transform under a group in which a rotation by 2π2\pi2π acts as −1-1−1. That group is SU(2)SU(2)SU(2), the double covering group of SO(3)SO(3)SO(3). W. Siegel's graduate text Fields (arXiv:hep-th/9912205) introduces spin through this covering in Chapter II, Section A ("Two components", pp. 110–116). It encodes a 3-vector as a traceless hermitian 2×22\times22×2 matrix, reads the dot and cross products off the matrix product, and realizes rotations as conjugation by unitary matrices.

This mission is the first in a series formalizing results from Fields. It covers the algebra of §IIA1–IIA3, which ends with the statement that the map SU(2)→SO(3)SU(2)\to SO(3)SU(2)→SO(3) is two-to-one.

Setting

Let M2(C)M_2(\mathbb C)M2​(C) be the complex 2×22\times22×2 matrices, V†V^\daggerV† the conjugate transpose, VTV^TVT the transpose and V∗V^*V∗ the entrywise complex conjugate.

  • A 3-vector is a matrix V∈M2(C)V\in M_2(\mathbb C)V∈M2​(C) with V†=VV^\dagger=VV†=V and tr⁡V=0\operatorname{tr}V=0trV=0. These matrices form a real vector space V\mathcal VV of dimension three.
  • The book's basis: for v=(v1,v2,v3)∈R3v=(v_1,v_2,v_3)\in\mathbb R^3v=(v1​,v2​,v3​)∈R3,
V(v)=12(v1v2−iv3v2+iv3−v1),Ei=V(ei).V(v)=\frac1{\sqrt2}\begin{pmatrix}v_1&v_2-iv_3\\ v_2+iv_3&-v_1\end{pmatrix},\qquad E_i=V(e_i).V(v)=2​1​(v1​v2​+iv3​​v2​−iv3​−v1​​),Ei​=V(ei​).
  • The norm is ∣V∣2=−2det⁡V=tr⁡(V2)|V|^2=-2\det V=\operatorname{tr}(V^2)∣V∣2=−2detV=tr(V2), and the inner product is V⋅W=tr⁡(VW)V\cdot W=\operatorname{tr}(VW)V⋅W=tr(VW).
  • The matrix C=(0−ii0)C=\begin{pmatrix}0&-i\\ i&0\end{pmatrix}C=(0i​−i0​).
  • A rotation acts by V↦UVU†V\mapsto UVU^\daggerV↦UVU† with U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2)U∈SU(2), i.e. U†=U−1U^\dagger=U^{-1}U†=U−1 and det⁡U=1\det U=1detU=1. Its matrix in the basis EiE_iEi​ is
R(U)ij=Re⁡tr⁡(Ei U Ej U†).R(U)_{ij}=\operatorname{Re}\operatorname{tr}\big(E_i\,U\,E_j\,U^\dagger\big).R(U)ij​=Retr(Ei​UEj​U†).

In the Lean development these are SiegelFields.IsThreeVector, vecToMatrix, basisMatrix, matC and rotationOf. Components are indexed by {0,1,2}\{0,1,2\}{0,1,2}.

Formalization targets

Goal: SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) is a double covering of SO(3)SO(3)SO(3)

R: SU(2)→SO(3)  is a surjective homomorphism, and R(U)=R(W)  ⟺  W=±U(U,W∈SU(2)).R:\ SU(2)\to SO(3)\ \text{ is a surjective homomorphism, and } R(U)=R(W)\iff W=\pm U\quad(U,W\in SU(2)).R: SU(2)→SO(3)  is a surjective homomorphism, and R(U)=R(W)⟺W=±U(U,W∈SU(2)).

Concretely: R(U)∈SO(3)R(U)\in SO(3)R(U)∈SO(3) for all U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2)U∈SU(2); R(UW)=R(U)R(W)R(UW)=R(U)R(W)R(UW)=R(U)R(W); every element of SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) is some R(U)R(U)R(U); and R(U)=R(W)R(U)=R(W)R(U)=R(W) exactly when W=UW=UW=U or W=−UW=-UW=−U.

Milestones (in the book's order)

  1. −2det⁡M=tr⁡(M2)−(tr⁡M)2-2\det M=\operatorname{tr}(M^2)-(\operatorname{tr}M)^2−2detM=tr(M2)−(trM)2 (p. 111).
  2. ∣V∣2=−2det⁡V=tr⁡(V2)|V|^2=-2\det V=\operatorname{tr}(V^2)∣V∣2=−2detV=tr(V2) is real, non-negative and vanishes only at V=0V=0V=0 (p. 111).
  3. The 3-vectors are exactly the matrices V(v)V(v)V(v), and vvv is unique (p. 111).
  4. det⁡V(v)=−12∑vi2\det V(v)=-\tfrac12\sum v_i^2detV(v)=−21​∑vi2​ and tr⁡(V(v)2)=∑vi2\operatorname{tr}(V(v)^2)=\sum v_i^2tr(V(v)2)=∑vi2​ (pp. 111–112).
  5. V⋅W=det⁡V+det⁡W−det⁡(V+W)=tr⁡(VW)V\cdot W=\det V+\det W-\det(V+W)=\operatorname{tr}(VW)V⋅W=detV+detW−det(V+W)=tr(VW) and {V,W}=(V⋅W)I\{V,W\}=(V\cdot W)I{V,W}=(V⋅W)I (pp. 111–112).
  6. MCMTC=Idet⁡MMCM^TC=I\det MMCMTC=IdetM, M+CMTC=Itr⁡MM+CM^TC=I\operatorname{tr}MM+CMTC=ItrM, and tr⁡M=0  ⟺  (MC)T=MC\operatorname{tr}M=0\iff(MC)^T=MCtrM=0⟺(MC)T=MC (pp. 111–112).
  7. M2=Mtr⁡M−Idet⁡MM^2=M\operatorname{tr}M-I\det MM2=MtrM−IdetM, hence V2=−Idet⁡V=12∣V∣2IV^2=-I\det V=\tfrac12|V|^2IV2=−IdetV=21​∣V∣2I (p. 112).
  8. [V(v),V(w)]=2 i V(v×w)[V(v),V(w)]=\sqrt2\,i\,V(v\times w)[V(v),V(w)]=2​iV(v×w) (p. 112).
  9. Unitary conjugation preserves 3-vectors and their determinant (p. 114).
  10. Reality conditions V∗=−CVCV^*=-CVCV∗=−CVC and U∗=CUCU^*=CUCU∗=CUC for U∈SU(2)U\in SU(2)U∈SU(2) (pp. 114–115).
  11. cI∈SU(2)  ⟺  c=±1cI\in SU(2)\iff c=\pm1cI∈SU(2)⟺c=±1 (p. 115).
  12. U,W∈SU(2)U,W\in SU(2)U,W∈SU(2) act identically on all 3-vectors iff W=±UW=\pm UW=±U (p. 115).
  13. U V(v) U†=V(R(U)v)U\,V(v)\,U^\dagger=V(R(U)v)UV(v)U†=V(R(U)v) for unitary UUU (p. 114, component form).

Significance

The covering SU(2)→SO(3)SU(2)\to SO(3)SU(2)→SO(3) is the basic reason spinors exist. It gives the spin-12\tfrac1221​ representation, explains why a 2π2\pi2π rotation acts as −1-1−1 on fermions, and is the first instance of the low-dimensional Lie algebra identifications that Siegel lists in §IC5 (such as SO(3,1)=SL(2,C)SO(3,1)=SL(2,\mathbb C)SO(3,1)=SL(2,C) and SO(6)=SU(4)SO(6)=SU(4)SO(6)=SU(4)). Later chapters of Fields build spinor index notation, the Lorentz group and supersymmetry on this material.

The mathematics is classical and fully proved. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version stated in the book's own conventions: its basis, its normalization of the norm (∣V∣2=−2det⁡V|V|^2=-2\det V∣V∣2=−2detV) and its matrix CCC. The result is a dictionary between Siegel's matrix notation and Mathlib's matrix groups that later missions in the series can import.

Difficulty

Most milestones are identities about 2×22\times22×2 matrices and can be checked entrywise. The substantive parts of the goal are surjectivity onto SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) and the kernel computation. Showing that every rotation is some R(U)R(U)R(U) requires constructing UUU from RRR, for example from an axis and an angle or by generating SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) from simpler rotations. It cannot be done by an entrywise identity. Pinning the kernel to {±I}\{\pm I\}{±I} requires showing that a unitary matrix commuting with all of V\mathcal VV is scalar, and then combining this with det⁡U=1\det U=1detU=1. Showing det⁡R(U)=+1\det R(U)=+1detR(U)=+1 rather than ±1\pm1±1 needs either a connectedness argument or an explicit formula.

Formalization scope

  • SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) is Matrix.specialUnitaryGroup (Fin 2) ℂ and SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) is Matrix.specialOrthogonalGroup (Fin 3) ℝ. Unitary matrices are Matrix.unitaryGroup (Fin 2) ℂ.
  • rotationOf U is defined for every matrix UUU and takes the real part of a trace. The statements restrict UUU to the unitary or special unitary group, where that trace is real.
  • The cross product is Mathlib's crossProduct on Fin 3 → ℝ. The book's basis corresponds to the cyclically relabelled Pauli matrices (σ3,σ1,σ2)(\sigma_3,\sigma_1,\sigma_2)(σ3​,σ1​,σ2​), which preserves orientation.
  • Surjectivity appears in the goal because a covering map is onto. The book asserts it through the phrase "double covering" rather than proving it.
  • All statements use the same definition file, and nothing in it is assumed through hypotheses. The goal therefore cannot be satisfied by a vacuous or trivializing choice.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the matrix identities, a proof of surjectivity, and connections to Mathlib's quaternion and unit-sphere API.

Selected references

  • W. Siegel, Fields, arXiv:hep-th/9912205v3, 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/hep-th/9912205 (Chapter II A, pp. 110–116; Chapter I C5, pp. 107–108)
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: Lucas

String Theory (Tong) II: The Virasoro–Shapiro IntegralTextbook

Motivation

The Virasoro–Shapiro amplitude is the tree-level scattering amplitude of four tachyons in the closed bosonic string. Together with the Veneziano amplitude for open strings it is historically the first formula of string theory: both were written down around 1968–69 as closed-form guesses with striking properties, before anyone knew they described strings (Veneziano 1968, Virasoro 1969, Shapiro 1970). In David Tong's Cambridge Part III lecture notes on string theory, the amplitude is reduced in Section 6.2.2 to a single integral over the complex plane, and the whole physical content of the answer (the symmetry in the Mandelstam variables, the infinite tower of poles at the string masses, the soft high-energy behaviour) is read off from the closed form of that integral in terms of Euler's Gamma function, eq. (6.11). The evaluation itself is carried out in the Appendix, Section 6.5.

Setting

For complex numbers a,ba,ba,b define the Virasoro–Shapiro integral

C(a,b)=∫Cd2z ∣z∣2a−2 ∣1−z∣2b−2,C(a,b)=\int_{\mathbb C} d^2z\,|z|^{2a-2}\,|1-z|^{2b-2},C(a,b)=∫C​d2z∣z∣2a−2∣1−z∣2b−2,

where, following Tong's convention, d2z=2 dx dyd^2z = 2\,dx\,dyd2z=2dxdy for z=x+iyz=x+iyz=x+iy (twice Lebesgue measure on R2\mathbb R^2R2). Powers of the positive reals ∣z∣|z|∣z∣ and ∣1−z∣|1-z|∣1−z∣ are rw=ewlog⁡rr^{w}=e^{w\log r}rw=ewlogr. The integral converges absolutely exactly when

Re⁡a>0,Re⁡b>0,Re⁡c>0,where a+b+c=1,\operatorname{Re}a>0,\qquad \operatorname{Re}b>0,\qquad \operatorname{Re}c>0,\qquad\text{where } a+b+c=1,Rea>0,Reb>0,Rec>0,where a+b+c=1,

the three conditions controlling integrability near z=0z=0z=0, near z=1z=1z=1 and at z=∞z=\inftyz=∞ respectively. Γ\GammaΓ denotes Euler's Gamma function, defined by Γ(z)=∫0∞tz−1e−t dt\Gamma(z)=\int_0^\infty t^{z-1}e^{-t}\,dtΓ(z)=∫0∞​tz−1e−tdt for Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re}z>0Rez>0 (eq. (6.26)) and continued analytically.

In the physics application a=1+α′p2⋅p3/2a=1+\alpha' p_2\cdot p_3/2a=1+α′p2​⋅p3​/2 and b=1+α′p3⋅p4/2b=1+\alpha' p_3\cdot p_4/2b=1+α′p3​⋅p4​/2 are determined by the tachyon momenta, and the three Gamma-function ratios become Γ(−1−α′s/4)/Γ(2+α′s/4)\Gamma(-1-\alpha's/4)/\Gamma(2+\alpha's/4)Γ(−1−α′s/4)/Γ(2+α′s/4) and its t,ut,ut,u analogues (eq. (6.12)).

Formalization targets

Goal: eq. (6.11)

For a+b+c=1a+b+c=1a+b+c=1 with Re⁡a,Re⁡b,Re⁡c>0\operatorname{Re}a,\operatorname{Re}b,\operatorname{Re}c>0Rea,Reb,Rec>0,

C(a,b)=2π Γ(a) Γ(b) Γ(c)Γ(1−a) Γ(1−b) Γ(1−c).C(a,b)=\frac{2\pi\,\Gamma(a)\,\Gamma(b)\,\Gamma(c)}{\Gamma(1-a)\,\Gamma(1-b)\,\Gamma(1-c)}.C(a,b)=Γ(1−a)Γ(1−b)Γ(1−c)2πΓ(a)Γ(b)Γ(c)​.

Milestones (Appendix 6.5, in the order of the notes)

  1. Eq. (6.27), the Euler Beta integral ∫01tx−1(1−t)y−1dt=Γ(x)Γ(y)/Γ(x+y)\int_0^1 t^{x-1}(1-t)^{y-1}dt=\Gamma(x)\Gamma(y)/\Gamma(x+y)∫01​tx−1(1−t)y−1dt=Γ(x)Γ(y)/Γ(x+y) (already published on the platform; used as a reference).
  2. The Gamma-function representation ∣z∣2a−2=Γ(1−a)−1∫0∞t−ae−∣z∣2t dt|z|^{2a-2}=\Gamma(1-a)^{-1}\int_0^\infty t^{-a}e^{-|z|^2t}\,dt∣z∣2a−2=Γ(1−a)−1∫0∞​t−ae−∣z∣2tdt.
  3. The Gaussian reduction of C(a,b)C(a,b)C(a,b) to a double integral over t,u>0t,u>0t,u>0.
  4. The change of variables t=αβt=\alpha\betat=αβ, u=(1−β)αu=(1-\beta)\alphau=(1−β)α.
  5. The α\alphaα-integral ∫0∞α−a−be−β(1−β)αdα=[β(1−β)]a+b−1Γ(1−a−b)\int_0^\infty \alpha^{-a-b}e^{-\beta(1-\beta)\alpha}d\alpha=[\beta(1-\beta)]^{a+b-1}\Gamma(1-a-b)∫0∞​α−a−be−β(1−β)αdα=[β(1−β)]a+b−1Γ(1−a−b).
  6. The Beta-integral form C(a,b)=2πΓ(c)Γ(1−a)Γ(1−b)∫01(1−β)a−1βb−1dβC(a,b)=\frac{2\pi\Gamma(c)}{\Gamma(1-a)\Gamma(1-b)}\int_0^1(1-\beta)^{a-1}\beta^{b-1}d\betaC(a,b)=Γ(1−a)Γ(1−b)2πΓ(c)​∫01​(1−β)a−1βb−1dβ.

Significance

The result. Eq. (6.11) is what turns the four-point function (6.10) into the Virasoro–Shapiro amplitude (6.12). Every property Tong extracts in Section 6.2.3 — the manifest s↔t↔us\leftrightarrow t\leftrightarrow us↔t↔u symmetry, the poles at s=4(n−1)/α′s=4(n-1)/\alpha's=4(n−1)/α′ reproducing the closed-string mass formula, and the exponential fall-off at high energy — is a property of the Gamma-function expression, not of the raw integral. The same integral (with general exponents) is the basic building block of Coulomb-gas computations in two-dimensional conformal field theory (Dotsenko–Fateev 1984).

Formalizing it. The identity is classical and its proof is elementary but analytically delicate. No machine-checked proof of the complex-plane integral is known to the mission author. A formal proof requires a reusable toolkit: Fubini–Tonelli manipulations of absolutely convergent iterated integrals with complex powers, two-dimensional Gaussian integrals, and a polar/affine change of variables on (0,∞)×(0,1)(0,\infty)\times(0,1)(0,∞)×(0,1). The Beta integral (milestone 1) is already in Mathlib.

Difficulty

Each step of the textbook computation interchanges the order of integration in an integral with integrable but unbounded singularities at z=0z=0z=0, z=1z=1z=1 and at infinity, so each interchange must be justified by absolute convergence under exactly the three conditions above. The naive approach of applying Fubini directly to the original integrand in Cartesian coordinates does not factor; the proof in the notes instead introduces two auxiliary Gamma-function integrals, making the integral four-dimensional before any variable is integrated out, and the justification of Tonelli for that four-dimensional integrand is the main technical point.

Formalization scope

The integral is TongString.virasoroShapiroIntegral a b, defined as 2 * ∫ z : ℂ, (‖z‖ : ℂ) ^ (2a-2) * (‖1-z‖ : ℂ) ^ (2b-2), the integral being the Bochner integral against Lebesgue measure on C≅R2\mathbb C\cong\mathbb R^2C≅R2; the factor 222 implements d2z=2 dx dyd^2z=2\,dx\,dyd2z=2dxdy. Complex powers are Mathlib's principal-branch cpow applied to non-negative real bases, which agrees with ewlog⁡re^{w\log r}ewlogr for r>0r>0r>0 (the point z=0z=0z=0, z=1z=1z=1 is a null set). The parameters a,b,ca,b,ca,b,c are complex; the notes use real Mandelstam-type exponents, which are a special case. Since the Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 in Lean, every statement carries the convergence hypotheses; with them the integral is a genuine absolutely convergent integral, so the goal cannot be satisfied vacuously. The Gamma function is Mathlib's Complex.Gamma.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and general lemmas on iterated integrals over (0,∞)2(0,\infty)^2(0,∞)2 with complex-power weights, which are reusable for other Selberg- and Dotsenko–Fateev-type integrals.

Selected references

  • D. Tong, String Theory, Cambridge Part III lecture notes, 2009, Sections 6.2.2 and 6.5. http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/tong/string.html (arXiv:0908.0333)
  • M. A. Virasoro, Alternative constructions of crossing-symmetric amplitudes with Regge behavior, Phys. Rev. 177 (1969) 2309. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.177.2309
  • J. A. Shapiro, Electrostatic analogue for the Virasoro model, Phys. Lett. B 33 (1970) 361. https://doi.org/10.1016/0370-2693(70)90157-8
  • J. Polchinski, String Theory, Vol. 1, Cambridge University Press, 1998, Section 6.6.
  • Vl. S. Dotsenko, V. A. Fateev, Conformal algebra and multipoint correlation functions in 2D statistical models, Nucl. Phys. B 240 (1984) 312. https://doi.org/10.1016/0550-3213(84)90269-4
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Quantum Information·Captain: Lucas

Albers–Kiefer–Reginatto 2008: Measurement Analysis and Quantum GravityResearch Paper

Motivation

Whether the gravitational field must be quantized is a long-standing foundational question. A well-known family of arguments tries to settle it by consistency alone: if a classical field were coupled to a quantum system, some basic principle — momentum conservation, the uncertainty relations, or the impossibility of superluminal signalling — would allegedly be violated. The two best-known versions are the gedanken experiment of Eppley and Hannah (1977) and the measurement-theoretic argument of DeWitt (1962).

Albers, Kiefer and Reginatto (Phys. Rev. D 78, 064051 (2008)) re-examine both arguments. Their paper is largely conceptual, but several of its steps are precise, checkable mathematical claims. This mission collects those claims and makes them machine-checkable.

Timeline.

  • 1962 — DeWitt's measurement analysis of the gravitational field, using Peierls brackets and a "universal principle" for apparatus uncertainties.
  • 1977 — Eppley and Hannah's gedanken experiment: a classical gravitational wave scattered off a quantum particle would imply momentum non-conservation, a violation of the uncertainty principle, or superluminal signalling.
  • 2008 — Albers, Kiefer and Reginatto argue that neither gedanken experiment forces quantization, and exhibit a consistent hybrid classical–quantum model.

Setting

Photon pair and detector (Sec. II). Each photon carries a polarization qubit with orthonormal basis ∣↑⟩|\uparrow\rangle∣↑⟩ (horizontal) and ∣↓⟩|\downarrow\rangle∣↓⟩ (vertical). A detector with state space H\mathcal HH (an arbitrary complex inner-product space) is coupled to photon 1. Before the measurement the joint state of photon 1, photon 2 and the detector is

∣Ψ0⟩=12(∣↑⟩1∣↓⟩2−∣↓⟩1∣↑⟩2)∣Φ0⟩,(1)|\Psi_0\rangle = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\bigl(|\uparrow\rangle_1|\downarrow\rangle_2 - |\downarrow\rangle_1|\uparrow\rangle_2\bigr)|\Phi_0\rangle, \qquad (1)∣Ψ0​⟩=2​1​(∣↑⟩1​∣↓⟩2​−∣↓⟩1​∣↑⟩2​)∣Φ0​⟩,(1)

and after the detector has measured photon 1 it is

∣Ψ⟩=12(∣↑⟩1∣↓⟩2∣Φ↑⟩−∣↓⟩1∣↑⟩2∣Φ↓⟩).(2)|\Psi\rangle = \tfrac{1}{\sqrt2}\bigl(|\uparrow\rangle_1|\downarrow\rangle_2|\Phi_\uparrow\rangle - |\downarrow\rangle_1|\uparrow\rangle_2|\Phi_\downarrow\rangle\bigr). \qquad (2)∣Ψ⟩=2​1​(∣↑⟩1​∣↓⟩2​∣Φ↑​⟩−∣↓⟩1​∣↑⟩2​∣Φ↓​⟩).(2)

The reduced density operator of photon 2 is obtained from ∣Ψ⟩⟨Ψ∣|\Psi\rangle\langle\Psi|∣Ψ⟩⟨Ψ∣ by tracing out photon 1 and the detector; the paper asserts that for both states it equals

ρ^=12(∣↑⟩2⟨↑∣2+∣↓⟩2⟨↓∣2).(3)\hat\rho = \tfrac12\bigl(|\uparrow\rangle_2\langle\uparrow|_2 + |\downarrow\rangle_2\langle\downarrow|_2\bigr). \qquad (3)ρ^​=21​(∣↑⟩2​⟨↑∣2​+∣↓⟩2​⟨↓∣2​).(3)

Mass cube and gravitational wave (Sec. III B). The disturbance δT00GW\delta T^{\mathrm{GW}}_{00}δT00GW​ of the averaged energy density of the scattered wave depends on the cube's edge length aaa and speed vvv, with sensitivities Ta=∂ δT00GW/∂aT_a = \partial\,\delta T^{\mathrm{GW}}_{00}/\partial aTa​=∂δT00GW​/∂a and Tv=∂ δT00GW/∂vT_v = \partial\,\delta T^{\mathrm{GW}}_{00}/\partial vTv​=∂δT00GW​/∂v. With Δa≈Δx\Delta a \approx \Delta xΔa≈Δx and Δv≳ℏ/(2mΔx)\Delta v \gtrsim \hbar/(2m\Delta x)Δv≳ℏ/(2mΔx) the uncertainty ΔT00GW=(TaΔa)2+(TvΔv)2\Delta T^{\mathrm{GW}}_{00} = \sqrt{(T_a\Delta a)^2 + (T_v\Delta v)^2}ΔT00GW​=(Ta​Δa)2+(Tv​Δv)2​ has a strictly positive lower bound.

DeWitt's argument (Sec. V). A system observable sss reconstructed from apparatus data has uncertainty Δs2=ΔA2/g2+g2(ΔDΩs)2\Delta s^2 = \Delta A^2/g^2 + g^2(\Delta D_\Omega s)^2Δs2=ΔA2/g2+g2(ΔDΩ​s)2, where ggg is the coupling constant.

Formalization targets

Goal — no signalling through photon 2 (Eq. (3))

For all unit vectors Φ0,Φ↑,Φ↓∈H\Phi_0, \Phi_\uparrow, \Phi_\downarrow \in \mathcal HΦ0​,Φ↑​,Φ↓​∈H,

ρ2(Ψ0)=ρ^andρ2(Ψ)=ρ^.\rho_2(\Psi_0) = \hat\rho \quad\text{and}\quad \rho_2(\Psi) = \hat\rho .ρ2​(Ψ0​)=ρ^​andρ2​(Ψ)=ρ^​.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (1) ⇒ (3): ρ2(Ψ0)=ρ^\rho_2(\Psi_0) = \hat\rhoρ2​(Ψ0​)=ρ^​.
  2. Eq. (2) ⇒ (3): ρ2(Ψ)=ρ^\rho_2(\Psi) = \hat\rhoρ2​(Ψ)=ρ^​.
  3. Sec. III B lower bound: ΔT00GW≥ℏmTvTa\Delta T^{\mathrm{GW}}_{00} \ge \sqrt{\tfrac{\hbar}{m} T_v T_a}ΔT00GW​≥mℏ​Tv​Ta​​ whenever Δx>0\Delta x > 0Δx>0 and Δv≥ℏ/(2mΔx)\Delta v \ge \hbar/(2m\Delta x)Δv≥ℏ/(2mΔx).
  4. Sec. III B optimum: the function Δx↦(TaΔx)2+(Tvℏ/(2mΔx))2\Delta x \mapsto \sqrt{(T_a\Delta x)^2 + (T_v\hbar/(2m\Delta x))^2}Δx↦(Ta​Δx)2+(Tv​ℏ/(2mΔx))2​ attains its minimum over Δx>0\Delta x>0Δx>0 at Δxmin⁡=ℏ2mTvTa\Delta x_{\min} = \sqrt{\tfrac{\hbar}{2m}\tfrac{T_v}{T_a}}Δxmin​=2mℏ​Ta​Tv​​​, with value ℏmTvTa\sqrt{\tfrac{\hbar}{m}T_vT_a}mℏ​Tv​Ta​​.
  5. Eq. (61): min⁡g≠0ΔA2/g2+g2ΔD2=2 ΔA ΔD\min_{g\ne0}\sqrt{\Delta A^2/g^2 + g^2\Delta D^2} = \sqrt{2\,\Delta A\,\Delta D}ming=0​ΔA2/g2+g2ΔD2​=2ΔAΔD​.
  6. Eq. (64): if ΔA ΔC≥ℏ/2\Delta A\,\Delta C \ge \hbar/2ΔAΔC≥ℏ/2 then ℏ ∣Dss∣≤2 ΔA ΔC ∣Dss∣\sqrt{\hbar\,|D_s s|} \le \sqrt{2\,\Delta A\,\Delta C\,|D_s s|}ℏ∣Ds​s∣​≤2ΔAΔC∣Ds​s∣​.

Significance

The goal is the precise content of the paper's rebuttal of the superluminal-signalling branch of the Eppley–Hannah argument: the state of photon 2 accessible to a probe (such as a classical gravitational wave) is the same whether or not photon 1 has been measured, so a probe of photon 2 alone cannot tell whether photon 1 was measured. Milestones 3–6 are the quantitative estimates the paper uses in Sec. III B (a coupling to a test body obeying the uncertainty principle transfers a minimum uncertainty to the classical wave) and Sec. V (DeWitt's limitation on a single observable, Eq. (64)).

The results are elementary once stated; the value of the mission is to pin the paper's claims down exactly, including the hypotheses under which they hold. None of the statements has, to our knowledge, a machine-checked proof on the platform.

Difficulty

The goal and Milestones 1–2 need a workable representation of the partial trace over a factor that is an arbitrary (possibly infinite-dimensional) inner-product space; the cross terms between the two branches vanish because the two branches are orthogonal on photon 1, not because of any property of the detector states. Milestones 3–6 are single-variable optimization statements; the main care is in the side conditions (positivity, excluding g=0g=0g=0 and Δx=0\Delta x = 0Δx=0).

Formalization scope

  • The joint space C2⊗C2⊗H\mathbb C^2\otimes\mathbb C^2\otimes\mathcal HC2⊗C2⊗H is represented by functions {0,1}×{0,1}→H\{0,1\}\times\{0,1\}\to\mathcal H{0,1}×{0,1}→H (component Ψij\Psi_{ij}Ψij​ along ∣i⟩1∣j⟩2|i\rangle_1|j\rangle_2∣i⟩1​∣j⟩2​; index 0=↑0 = \uparrow0=↑, 1=↓1 = \downarrow1=↓). The reduced density matrix of photon 2 has entries ρ2(j,j′)=∑i⟨Ψij′,Ψij⟩H\rho_2(j,j') = \sum_i \langle \Psi_{ij'}, \Psi_{ij}\rangle_{\mathcal H}ρ2​(j,j′)=∑i​⟨Ψij′​,Ψij​⟩H​, and ρ^\hat\rhoρ^​ is a 2×22\times22×2 complex matrix.
  • The detector states are only assumed to be unit vectors. Orthogonality of ∣Φ↑⟩|\Phi_\uparrow\rangle∣Φ↑​⟩ and ∣Φ↓⟩|\Phi_\downarrow\rangle∣Φ↓​⟩ (a physical property of a detector that records the outcome) is not assumed, because Eq. (3) does not depend on it.
  • In Sec. III B the sensitivities Ta,TvT_a, T_vTa​,Tv​, the mass mmm and ℏ\hbarℏ are positive reals; the paper's approximate relations Δa≈Δx\Delta a\approx\Delta xΔa≈Δx and Δp≳ℏ/Δx\Delta p\gtrsim\hbar/\Delta xΔp≳ℏ/Δx are encoded as Δa=Δx\Delta a = \Delta xΔa=Δx and the hypothesis Δv≥ℏ/(2mΔx)\Delta v \ge \hbar/(2m\Delta x)Δv≥ℏ/(2mΔx).
  • In Eq. (61) the coupling constant ranges over all non-zero reals.
  • Sections IV (hybrid classical–quantum ensembles for Nordström gravity) and the appendices are out of scope for this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Albers, C. Kiefer, M. Reginatto, Measurement analysis and quantum gravity, Phys. Rev. D 78, 064051, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevD.78.064051
  • K. Eppley, E. Hannah, The necessity of quantizing the gravitational field, Found. Phys. 7, 51–68, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00715241
  • B. S. DeWitt, Definition of commutators via the uncertainty principle, J. Math. Phys. 3, 619, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1724265
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Partial Differential Equations·Captain: Lucas

Analytic toroidal 3D MHD equilibria with nested flux surfaces (Landreman 2026)Research Paper

Motivation

A magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) equilibrium is a magnetic field BBB and a scalar pressure ppp on a region of R3\mathbb R^3R3 satisfying

(∇×B)×B=∇p,∇⋅B=0.(\nabla\times B)\times B=\nabla p,\qquad \nabla\cdot B=0 .(∇×B)×B=∇p,∇⋅B=0.

Under the substitution B↦uB\mapsto uB↦u these are exactly the equations of a steady incompressible Euler flow, with ppp replaced by the Bernoulli function, so every statement in this mission is simultaneously a statement about stationary solutions of the 3D Euler equations. Magnetic confinement of a fusion plasma requires equilibria whose pressure surfaces are nested tori, because B⋅∇p=0B\cdot\nabla p=0B⋅∇p=0 forces ppp to be constant on the surfaces swept out by field lines.

Whether such equilibria exist without a continuous symmetry has been open since Grad, who conjectured in 1967 that smooth toroidal equilibria with non-constant pressure do not exist unless the configuration is symmetric (for instance axisymmetric), and restated the claim in 1985 as the assertion that, apart from the symmetric exceptions, there are no families of solutions depending smoothly on a parameter. Modern formulations of the conjecture appear in the work of Constantin–Drivas–Ginsberg (2021), Enciso–Luque–Peralta-Salas (2025) and Cardona–Duignan–Perrella (2025, Conjecture 2.5). Partial results have always relaxed something: Lortz (1970) obtained non-symmetric toroidal equilibria only with mirror symmetry and vanishing rotational transform; Bruno–Laurence (1996) and Enciso–Luque–Peralta-Salas (2025) allow discontinuous pressure and current sheets; Weitzner–Sengupta (2020) work in a topological torus rather than true toroidal geometry; near-axis and high-aspect-ratio expansions (Mercier 1964, Garren–Boozer 1991) give only approximate solutions.

Landreman (2026) exhibits explicit, fully non-axisymmetric, smooth analytic solutions on a genuine solid torus, with exact nested flux surfaces, finite aspect ratio and non-zero rotational transform. This mission formalizes the first of the two families presented there — the family with uniform rotational transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2 — in Lean 4.

Setting

Fix a parameter 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 and set a=1+ϵa=\sqrt{1+\epsilon}a=1+ϵ​, b=1−ϵb=\sqrt{1-\epsilon}b=1−ϵ​. For a Cartesian point x=(x0,x1,x2)x=(x_0,x_1,x_2)x=(x0​,x1​,x2​) (written (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) in the paper) define

s=x02a2+x12b2,F=1−(1−s)2−4x22,s=\frac{x_0^2}{a^2}+\frac{x_1^2}{b^2},\qquad F=\sqrt{1-(1-s)^2-4x_2^2},s=a2x02​​+b2x12​​,F=1−(1−s)2−4x22​​,

and the vector field

B=(2x2x0−(a/b)Fx1s, 2x2x1+(b/a)Fx0s, 1−s).B=\left(\frac{2x_2x_0-(a/b)Fx_1}{s},\ \frac{2x_2x_1+(b/a)Fx_0}{s},\ 1-s\right).B=(s2x2​x0​−(a/b)Fx1​​, s2x2​x1​+(b/a)Fx0​​, 1−s).

The natural domain is the open set Uϵ={x:1−(1−s)2−4x22>0}U_\epsilon=\{x: 1-(1-s)^2-4x_2^2>0\}Uϵ​={x:1−(1−s)2−4x22​>0}, on which s>0s>0s>0 and all the expressions above are smooth. With

Q=x02+x12+4x222,H=Q+∣B∣22,Q=\frac{x_0^2+x_1^2+4x_2^2}{2},\qquad H=Q+\frac{|B|^2}{2},Q=2x02​+x12​+4x22​​,H=Q+2∣B∣2​,

the flux label and the pressure are

ψ=H−1+ϵ2/22,p=pa−2ψ,\psi=\frac{H-1+\epsilon^2/2}{2},\qquad p=p_a-2\psi ,ψ=2H−1+ϵ2/2​,p=pa​−2ψ,

where pap_apa​ is an arbitrary constant. The level sets of ψ\psiψ are the pressure surfaces. For 0<δ<(1−ϵ)2/40<\delta<(1-\epsilon)^2/40<δ<(1−ϵ)2/4 the region Ωδ={x∈Uϵ:ψ≤δ}\Omega_\delta=\{x\in U_\epsilon:\psi\le\delta\}Ωδ​={x∈Uϵ​:ψ≤δ} is a solid torus bounded by a ψ\psiψ-surface, and this is the plasma domain.

Field lines are described by a second coordinate system. For labels (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) with u2+v2<1/4u^2+v^2<1/4u2+v2<1/4, putting q2=u2+v2q^2=u^2+v^2q2=u2+v2 and L=((1+1−4q2)/2)1/2L=\big((1+\sqrt{1-4q^2})/2\big)^{1/2}L=((1+1−4q2​)/2)1/2, the position map is

r(u,v,ζ)=(a[Lcos⁡ζ+ucos⁡ζ+vsin⁡ζL], b[Lsin⁡ζ+vcos⁡ζ−usin⁡ζL], vcos⁡2ζ−usin⁡2ζ).r(u,v,\zeta)=\Big(a\big[L\cos\zeta+\tfrac{u\cos\zeta+v\sin\zeta}{L}\big],\ b\big[L\sin\zeta+\tfrac{v\cos\zeta-u\sin\zeta}{L}\big],\ v\cos2\zeta-u\sin2\zeta\Big).r(u,v,ζ)=(a[Lcosζ+Lucosζ+vsinζ​], b[Lsinζ+Lvcosζ−usinζ​], vcos2ζ−usin2ζ).

The curve ζ↦r(u,v,ζ)\zeta\mapsto r(u,v,\zeta)ζ↦r(u,v,ζ) is an integral curve of BBB, the pair (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) labels the field line, and ζ\zetaζ acts as a toroidal angle of period 2π2\pi2π. The magnetic axis is the field line u=−ϵ/2u=-\epsilon/2u=−ϵ/2, v=0v=0v=0, on which ψ=0\psi=0ψ=0; it is the non-planar closed curve γ(ζ)=(1−ϵ2cos⁡ζ, 1−ϵ2sin⁡ζ, ϵ2sin⁡2ζ)\gamma(\zeta)=(\sqrt{1-\epsilon^2}\cos\zeta,\ \sqrt{1-\epsilon^2}\sin\zeta,\ \tfrac{\epsilon}{2}\sin 2\zeta)γ(ζ)=(1−ϵ2​cosζ, 1−ϵ2​sinζ, 2ϵ​sin2ζ).

Target

The goal theorem asserts that for every 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, every 0<δ<(1−ϵ)2/40<\delta<(1-\epsilon)^2/40<δ<(1−ϵ)2/4 and every constant pap_apa​, the pair (B,p)(B,p)(B,p) above is a smooth equilibrium on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​ that is genuinely three-dimensional:

∇⋅B=0,(∇×B)×B=∇p,B⋅∇p=0on Uϵ,\nabla\cdot B=0,\qquad (\nabla\times B)\times B=\nabla p,\qquad B\cdot\nabla p=0 \quad\text{on } U_\epsilon,∇⋅B=0,(∇×B)×B=∇p,B⋅∇p=0on Uϵ​, ∇p(x)=0  ⟺  ψ(x)=0for x∈Ωδ,\nabla p(x)=0 \iff \psi(x)=0 \quad\text{for } x\in\Omega_\delta ,∇p(x)=0⟺ψ(x)=0for x∈Ωδ​,

together with smoothness of BBB and ppp on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​ and the failure of axisymmetry: there is a rotation about the zzz axis and a point of Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​ whose image lies in Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​ and carries a different pressure.

The milestones are the individual equations of Section 2 of the paper: divergence-freedom, the tension identity (B⋅∇)B=−∇Q(B\cdot\nabla)B=-\nabla Q(B⋅∇)B=−∇Q, force balance, invariance of ψ\psiψ along BBB, the field-line position map and its Jacobian −ab-ab−ab, the expressions H=1+2ϵu+2(u2+v2)H=1+2\epsilon u+2(u^2+v^2)H=1+2ϵu+2(u2+v2) and ψ=(u+ϵ/2)2+v2\psi=(u+\epsilon/2)^2+v^2ψ=(u+ϵ/2)2+v2 in field-line labels, the magnetic axis, the enclosed volume V=2π2ab ψV=2\pi^2ab\,\psiV=2π2abψ, the uniform rotational transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2, and the averages 12π∫02π∣B∣2 dζ=1−ϵ2/2+2ψ\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^{2\pi}|B|^2\,d\zeta=1-\epsilon^2/2+2\psi2π1​∫02π​∣B∣2dζ=1−ϵ2/2+2ψ and ⟨∣B∣2⟩V=1−ϵ2/2+δ\langle|B|^2\rangle_V=1-\epsilon^2/2+\delta⟨∣B∣2⟩V​=1−ϵ2/2+δ.

Significance

The solutions contradict the strict formulation of Grad's conjecture used in the recent literature (for example Conjecture 2.5 of Cardona–Duignan–Perrella), since they are smooth, have non-constant pressure, exact nested toroidal flux surfaces, no continuous Euclidean symmetry, finite aspect ratio and non-zero rotational transform, and they form continuous families parameterized by ϵ\epsilonϵ and δ\deltaδ. Because MHD equilibrium is isomorphic to steady Euler flow, the same objects are explicit non-symmetric stationary Euler flows with invariant tori. They also serve as exact benchmarks for numerical equilibrium codes, where analytic three-dimensional solutions with known flux surfaces are otherwise unavailable.

The paper's derivations are elementary but long: they are algebraic identities among square roots and rational functions, verified in the paper by hand and by supporting numerical scripts. A machine-checked development removes the remaining doubt about sign conventions and domains, which is precisely what a counterexample to a conjecture requires. Nothing in this development is currently formalized in Mathlib: there is no curl, no divergence, and no notion of MHD equilibrium, so the mission also produces a small reusable vector-calculus layer on R3\mathbb R^3R3.

Difficulty

Force balance is an identity between derivatives of expressions containing 1−(1−s)2−4z2\sqrt{1-(1-s)^2-4z^2}1−(1−s)2−4z2​ and division by sss; differentiating it directly produces large expressions whose simplification needs the domain hypotheses (s>0s>0s>0 and positive radicand) at every step, so field_simp-style automation must be driven with those side conditions in hand. The statements about field-line coordinates require knowing that the position map is a diffeomorphism onto its image, which the paper establishes by a covering argument rather than by computation. The transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2 is the hardest milestone: it is a winding-number statement about the poloidal displacement of a field line relative to the magnetic axis, and the paper's proof is a continuity-in-ϵ\epsilonϵ argument, which in Lean needs an honest treatment of continuous angle lifts. The volume and average identities need the change of variables theorem with the constant Jacobian −ab-ab−ab over a solid torus.

Formalization scope

Points of space are Fin 3 → ℝ; partial derivatives are fderiv applied to the standard basis vector, and gradient, divergence, curl, cross product, the directional derivative B⋅∇fB\cdot\nabla fB⋅∇f and the tension (B⋅∇)B(B\cdot\nabla)B(B⋅∇)B are defined from it in the first definition file. Squared length is ∑iui2\sum_i u_i^2∑i​ui2​, so the Pi-type norm is never used. All the paper's objects — aaa, bbb, sss, FFF, BBB, UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, QQQ, HHH, ψ\psiψ, ppp, Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​, LLL, r(u,v,ζ)r(u,v,\zeta)r(u,v,ζ), γ\gammaγ, rotation about the zzz axis, and the complex poloidal displacement used for the transform — are given in the second definition file, in the same notation as this description. Smoothness is ContDiffOn ℝ ⊤; volumes are the Lebesgue measure on Fin 3 → ℝ; integrals are Bochner integrals.

Everything is stated with the explicit field of Section 2 rather than an abstract existence claim, so no statement can be satisfied by a degenerate or symmetric configuration. The equilibrium conditions are asserted pointwise on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, which is open and non-empty for 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, so no milestone is vacuous. Contributions of the auxiliary calculus lemmas (differentiability of sss, FFF and BBB on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, and the product and quotient rules in this partialD formulation) are welcome and reusable by the companion family of Section 3, which is not part of this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Landreman, Analytic toroidal 3D MHD equilibria and steady Euler flows with invariant surfaces, J. Plasma Phys. (submitted), arXiv:2609.26742 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.26742
  • H. Grad, Toroidal containment of a plasma, Phys. Fluids 10 (1967) 137–154. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1761965
  • R. Cardona, N. Duignan, D. Perrella, Asymmetry of MHD equilibria for generic adapted metrics, Arch. Ration. Mech. Anal. 249 (2025) 1. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00205-024-02072-x
  • A. Enciso, A. Luque, D. Peralta-Salas, MHD equilibria with nonconstant pressure in nondegenerate toroidal domains, J. Eur. Math. Soc. 27 (2025) 2251–2291. https://doi.org/10.4171/JEMS/1328
  • P. Constantin, T. D. Drivas, D. Ginsberg, Flexibility and rigidity in steady fluid motion, Comm. Math. Phys. 385 (2021) 521–563. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-021-04048-4
  • O. P. Bruno, P. Laurence, Existence of three-dimensional toroidal MHD equilibria with nonconstant pressure, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 49 (1996) 717–764. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1097-0312(199607)49:7<717::AID-CPA3>3.0.CO;2-C
19 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical Systems·Captain: Lucas

Dynamics and Relativity I: Kepler's Laws from the Inverse-Square LawTextbook

Motivation

The derivation of Kepler's three laws from Newton's inverse-square law of gravitation is the calculation with which mathematical physics begins. Kepler published the laws in 1609 and 1619 as empirical regularities distilled from Tycho Brahe's naked-eye astrometry: planets travel on ellipses with the Sun at a focus, the Sun–planet segment sweeps equal areas in equal times, and the square of the orbital period scales as the cube of the orbit's size. That an attractive force falling off as 1/r21/r^21/r2 forces exactly these three regularities was established by Newton in the Principia (1687); as David Tong remarks in the source notes, the third law was within reach of several of Newton's contemporaries, but the derivation of the first — that the orbit is a conic section with the centre of attraction at a focus — was Newton's alone.

This mission formalizes that derivation as it is presented in §4 (Central Forces) of David Tong's Dynamics and Relativity, the Cambridge Part IA Mathematical Tripos lecture notes (Lent 2013). It is the first mission in a series covering those notes, and it targets the chapter's capstone, Kepler's first law.

Setting

A point particle of mass m>0m>0m>0 moves in Euclidean 333-space along a trajectory x:R→R3x:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^3x:R→R3, assumed twice continuously differentiable and never passing through the origin, where the field below is singular. Write r(t)=∥x(t)∥r(t)=\lVert x(t)\rVertr(t)=∥x(t)∥ and r^=x/r\hat r = x/rr^=x/r.

The particle moves in a central force field when it obeys Tong's equation of motion (4.1),

m x¨(t)  =  F(r(t)) r^(t),m\,\ddot x(t) \;=\; F\big(r(t)\big)\,\hat r(t),mx¨(t)=F(r(t))r^(t),

where F:R→RF:\mathbb R\to\mathbb RF:R→R gives the radial component of the force at distance rrr; for a force derived from a central potential V(r)V(r)V(r) one has F=− dV/drF=-\,dV/drF=−dV/dr. The Kepler problem (Tong §4.3.1) is the inverse-square special case, potential (4.12)

V(r)=−k mr,F(r)=−k mr2,V(r) = -\frac{k\,m}{r}, \qquad F(r) = -\frac{k\,m}{r^{2}},V(r)=−rkm​,F(r)=−r2km​,

with k=GM>0k=GM>0k=GM>0 for gravitational attraction by a mass MMM fixed at the origin. (The same equations govern the Coulomb problem, with k=−qQ/4πϵ0mk=-qQ/4\pi\epsilon_0 mk=−qQ/4πϵ0​m, which is repulsive when k<0k<0k<0; this mission fixes k>0k>0k>0.)

Two conserved quantities organize the problem. The angular momentum is the vector

L(t)  =  m x(t)×x˙(t),L(t) \;=\; m\,x(t)\times\dot x(t),L(t)=mx(t)×x˙(t),

and we write l=∥L∥/ml=\lVert L\rVert/ml=∥L∥/m for the angular momentum per unit mass, which in the plane polar coordinates of Tong (4.5) is l=r2θ˙l=r^{2}\dot\thetal=r2θ˙. The total energy of the Kepler problem is

E(t)  =  12m∥x˙(t)∥2  −  k mr(t).E(t) \;=\; \tfrac12 m\lVert \dot x(t)\rVert^{2} \;-\; \frac{k\,m}{r(t)} .E(t)=21​m∥x˙(t)∥2−r(t)km​.

Tong's solution (4.14) of the orbit equation states that the trajectory lies on a conic section with a focus at the origin. Coordinate-free, this says that there is a fixed eccentricity vector A∈R3A\in\mathbb R^3A∈R3, pointing towards the point of closest approach, with

r(t)+⟨A,x(t)⟩  =  r0for all t,r0=l2k,r(t) + \langle A, x(t)\rangle \;=\; r_0 \qquad\text{for all } t, \qquad r_0 = \frac{l^{2}}{k},r(t)+⟨A,x(t)⟩=r0​for all t,r0​=kl2​,

which is Tong's r=r0/(1+ecos⁡θ)r = r_0/(1+e\cos\theta)r=r0​/(1+ecosθ) with e=∥A∥e=\lVert A\rVerte=∥A∥ the eccentricity and θ\thetaθ measured from the direction of AAA, and r0r_0r0​ the semi-latus rectum.

Finally, a set S⊆R3S\subseteq\mathbb R^3S⊆R3 is an ellipse with a focus at the origin when there are a nonzero normal vector nnn, a second focus ccc with ⟨n,c⟩=0\langle n,c\rangle=0⟨n,c⟩=0, and a real number aaa with ∥c∥<2a\lVert c\rVert<2a∥c∥<2a, such that SSS is exactly the set of points yyy of the plane {y:⟨n,y⟩=0}\{y : \langle n,y\rangle = 0\}{y:⟨n,y⟩=0} satisfying the two-foci (string) property

∥y∥+∥y−c∥  =  2a.\lVert y\rVert + \lVert y - c\rVert \;=\; 2a .∥y∥+∥y−c∥=2a.

The inequality ∥c∥<2a\lVert c\rVert<2a∥c∥<2a forces a>0a>0a>0 and rules out the degenerate loci; c=0c=0c=0 gives a circle.

Target

The goal theorem is Kepler's first law, K1 of Tong §4.3.2: each planet moves in an ellipse, with the Sun at one focus. Formally, for a trajectory xxx of the attractive inverse-square problem with nonvanishing angular momentum and negative total energy,

k>0,L≠0,E<0  ⟹  ∃ S an ellipse with a focus at the origin such that x(t)∈S for all t.k>0,\quad L\neq 0,\quad E<0 \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists\,S \text{ an ellipse with a focus at the origin such that } x(t)\in S \text{ for all } t.k>0,L=0,E<0⟹∃S an ellipse with a focus at the origin such that x(t)∈S for all t.

The hypothesis L≠0L\neq0L=0 excludes purely radial free-fall, whose trajectory is a segment rather than an ellipse, and E<0E<0E<0 is the bounded regime, which by Tong (4.16) is exactly e<1e<1e<1.

The milestones follow the source in order: conservation of angular momentum and the resulting planarity of the motion (§4, p. 48); Kepler's second law (K2), which holds for any central force; conservation of energy; the conic orbit (4.14); the identification of a conic of eccentricity e<1e<1e<1 as an ellipse with a focus at the origin (4.15); the energy–eccentricity relation (4.16); and Kepler's third law (K3, p. 62),

T  =  2π R3/2GM,R=12(rmin⁡+rmax⁡).T \;=\; \frac{2\pi\,R^{3/2}}{\sqrt{GM}}, \qquad R = \tfrac12\big(r_{\min}+r_{\max}\big).T=GM​2πR3/2​,R=21​(rmin​+rmax​).

Significance

The result. K1 is the statement that fixes the inverse-square law among all central force laws: K2 holds for every central force, and dimensional analysis alone gives the shape of K3, but closed orbits that are exact ellipses with the attracting centre at a focus are special to the 1/r21/r^21/r2 force (and to the harmonic force, with the centre at the centre of the ellipse). Everything quantitative in classical celestial mechanics — orbit determination, the mass–period relation used to weigh binary stars, and the perturbative treatment of precession that eventually exposed the anomaly in Mercury's orbit — is built on the Kepler solution.

Formalizing it. The mathematics has been settled for three centuries; what this mission produces is a machine-checked treatment of the Newtonian derivation, starting from the differential equation rather than from a prescribed orbit. Mathlib has no central-force or two-body library, so the definitions here — central force motion, angular momentum, conserved energy, swept area, and the two-foci characterization of an ellipse — are new and reusable across the rest of the series and by any later mission in classical mechanics. The existing platform mission Celestial Mechanics I: Binary Star Systems runs the complementary direction, verifying that a prescribed conic orbit satisfies the equations of motion and reducing the two-body problem to a one-body problem; the present mission asks for the converse, which is the harder half and the one Newton is credited with.

Difficulty

The derivation in the source changes the independent variable from time ttt to the polar angle θ\thetaθ, substitutes u=1/ru=1/ru=1/r, and solves the resulting linear oscillator equation (4.11). Each of those steps needs infrastructure that does not exist in Mathlib. There is no polar-angle function attached to a curve in the plane: one has to produce a continuously differentiable angle θ(t)\theta(t)θ(t) lifting the trajectory, show θ˙=l/r2\dot\theta = l/r^{2}θ˙=l/r2 never vanishes so that θ\thetaθ is a legitimate change of variable, and then transport a second-order ODE through that reparametrization. Solving (4.11) then requires a uniqueness theorem for the inhomogeneous harmonic oscillator, and reading the conic back into Cartesian form requires the algebra of (4.15).

Kepler's third law carries an extra burden beyond the formula: the statement quantifies over the least period of the motion, so a solution must establish that a negative-energy orbit is periodic at all, and must identify inf⁡tr(t)\inf_t r(t)inft​r(t) and sup⁡tr(t)\sup_t r(t)supt​r(t) as the periapsis and apoapsis distances r0/(1±e)r_0/(1\pm e)r0​/(1±e).

Formalization scope

Trajectories are maps ℝ → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3), with ContDiff ℝ 2 smoothness and the standing hypothesis x(t)≠0x(t)\neq0x(t)=0 for all ttt built into the definition of central force motion, together with m>0m>0m>0. Time is all of R\mathbb RR: the trajectories considered are globally defined, so collision orbits are excluded by hypothesis rather than by a maximal-interval argument. Derivatives are Mathlib's deriv, so velocity and acceleration are the first and second derivatives of the trajectory.

Three conventions are worth flagging. First, the force is given by its radial profile FFF rather than by a potential, avoiding any appeal to the junk value of a derivative at 000; the Kepler case is the instance F(r)=−km/r2F(r)=-km/r^{2}F(r)=−km/r2. Second, the swept area of K2 is the integral 12∫∥x×x˙∥ dt\tfrac12\int\lVert x\times\dot x\rVert\,dt21​∫∥x×x˙∥dt, which is the standard area element 12r2 dθ\tfrac12 r^2\,d\theta21​r2dθ of the source written invariantly; the content of K2 is that this integrand is constant in time, so that the area depends on t1−t0t_1-t_0t1​−t0​ alone. Third, K1 asserts that the trajectory is contained in an ellipse; it does not assert that the particle traverses the whole ellipse, which is a separate (true) statement about periodic orbits.

The degenerate readings are ruled out explicitly. The eccentricity vector formulation of the conic is an equation holding at every time, not an existence claim at one time; the ellipse predicate carries ∥c∥<2a\lVert c\rVert<2a∥c∥<2a, so a point or a segment does not qualify; and the hypothesis L≠0L\neq0L=0 in K1 and in the conic milestone is necessary, since a radial trajectory satisfies every other hypothesis but lies on no ellipse.

Contributions of independent interest are welcome: a plane polar coordinate API for curves, uniqueness for the forced harmonic oscillator, and the classification of the loci r+⟨A,x⟩=r0r+\langle A,x\rangle = r_0r+⟨A,x⟩=r0​ into ellipse, parabola and hyperbola according to ∥A∥<1\lVert A\rVert<1∥A∥<1, =1=1=1, >1>1>1 (this mission needs only the first case) would all be reusable well beyond this series.

Selected references

  • David Tong, Dynamics and Relativity, University of Cambridge Part IA Mathematical Tripos lecture notes, Lent 2013, §4 (Central Forces), pp. 48–62. http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/tong/relativity.html
  • Isaac Newton, Philosophiæ Naturalis Principia Mathematica, 1687, Book I, Propositions XI–XVII.
  • S. Chandrasekhar, Newton's Principia for the Common Reader, Oxford University Press, 1995.
21 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsNumber Theory·Captain: Lucas

Ablowitz–Chakravarty–Halburd: the Chazy–Ramanujan correspondence and the Darboux–Halphen reduction of self-dual Yang–MillsResearch Paper

Motivation

In 1985 R. S. Ward conjectured that "many (and perhaps all?) of the ordinary and partial differential equations that are regarded as being integrable or solvable may be obtained from the self-dual gauge field equations (or its generalizations) by reduction". The self-dual Yang–Mills (SDYM) equations are therefore often called the master integrable system: choosing a gauge algebra and a symmetry group to reduce by produces, on the one hand, the classical soliton equations and the Painlevé transcendents, and on the other — once infinite-dimensional gauge algebras are allowed — a family of third-order equations whose solutions have movable natural barriers and are therefore not of Painlevé type.

This mission formalizes the endpoint of one such reduction chain, as surveyed by Ablowitz, Chakravarty and Halburd, Integrable systems and reductions of the self-dual Yang–Mills equations, J. Math. Phys. 44 (2003) 3147–3173, Section V. Reducing SDYM to functions of a single variable gives the Nahm equations; taking the gauge algebra to be the divergence-free vector fields on S3S^3S3 turns them into a matrix flow which, after diagonalizing the symmetric part, becomes the generalized Darboux–Halphen system. Its trace is governed by the Chazy equation, written down by Chazy in 1909, and — this is the paper's historical observation — the Chazy equation is equivalent to the differential system Ramanujan derived in 1916 for the Eisenstein series P=E2P = E_2P=E2​, Q=E4Q = E_4Q=E4​, R=E6R = E_6R=E6​. Chazy and Ramanujan worked on the same equation at nearly the same time and apparently did not know it.

Setting

Throughout, ttt and qqq are complex variables and all functions are complex-valued; a "solution on sss" means the stated derivative identities hold at every point of a set s⊆Cs \subseteq \mathbb{C}s⊆C.

The classical Chazy equation is the third-order equation

d3ydt3=2y d2ydt2−3(dydt)2.\frac{d^3y}{dt^3} = 2y\,\frac{d^2y}{dt^2} - 3\left(\frac{dy}{dt}\right)^2 .dt3d3y​=2ydt2d2y​−3(dtdy​)2.

The classical Darboux–Halphen system is the first-order system for ω1,ω2,ω3\omega_1,\omega_2,\omega_3ω1​,ω2​,ω3​

ω˙1=ω2ω3−ω1(ω2+ω3),\dot\omega_1 = \omega_2\omega_3 - \omega_1(\omega_2+\omega_3),ω˙1​=ω2​ω3​−ω1​(ω2​+ω3​),

together with its two cyclic images. It arose in Darboux's study of triply orthogonal surfaces and was solved by Halphen. Its generalized form adds a term τ2=τ12+τ22+τ32\tau^2 = \tau_1^2+\tau_2^2+\tau_3^2τ2=τ12​+τ22​+τ32​ to each right-hand side, where τ˙1=−τ1(ω2+ω3)\dot\tau_1 = -\tau_1(\omega_2+\omega_3)τ˙1​=−τ1​(ω2​+ω3​) and cyclically.

Ramanujan's system is

qdPdq=P2−Q12,qdQdq=PQ−R3,qdRdq=PR−Q22,q\frac{dP}{dq} = \frac{P^2-Q}{12},\qquad q\frac{dQ}{dq} = \frac{PQ-R}{3},\qquad q\frac{dR}{dq} = \frac{PR-Q^2}{2},qdqdP​=12P2−Q​,qdqdQ​=3PQ−R​,qdqdR​=2PR−Q2​,

satisfied by P(q)=1−24∑n≥1σ1(n)qnP(q) = 1-24\sum_{n\ge1}\sigma_1(n)q^nP(q)=1−24∑n≥1​σ1​(n)qn, Q(q)=1+240∑n≥1σ3(n)qnQ(q) = 1+240\sum_{n\ge1}\sigma_3(n)q^nQ(q)=1+240∑n≥1​σ3​(n)qn, R(q)=1−504∑n≥1σ5(n)qnR(q) = 1-504\sum_{n\ge1}\sigma_5(n)q^nR(q)=1−504∑n≥1​σ5​(n)qn, where σk(n)=∑d∣ndk\sigma_k(n)=\sum_{d\mid n}d^kσk​(n)=∑d∣n​dk.

Finally, the 3×33\times33×3 matrix flow obtained from the Nahm equations with the diff(S3)\mathrm{diff}(S^3)diff(S3) gauge algebra is

M˙=(Adj⁡M)T+MTM−(Tr⁡M)M,Adj⁡M=(det⁡M)M−1,\dot M = (\operatorname{Adj} M)^{T} + M^{T}M - (\operatorname{Tr} M)M,\qquad \operatorname{Adj}M = (\det M)M^{-1},M˙=(AdjM)T+MTM−(TrM)M,AdjM=(detM)M−1,

and the generalized Chazy equation with parameter nnn is

d3ydt3−2yd2ydt2+3(dydt)2=436−n2(6dydt−y2)2.\frac{d^3y}{dt^3} - 2y\frac{d^2y}{dt^2} + 3\left(\frac{dy}{dt}\right)^2 = \frac{4}{36-n^2}\left(6\frac{dy}{dt}-y^2\right)^2 .dt3d3y​−2ydt2d2y​+3(dtdy​)2=36−n24​(6dtdy​−y2)2.

Formalization targets

Goal — the Chazy–Ramanujan correspondence (eqs. (78) and (71))

If P,Q,RP,Q,RP,Q,R satisfy Ramanujan's system on a region of the punctured qqq-plane, then

y(t):=iπP ⁣(e2πit)y(t) := i\pi P\!\left(e^{2\pi i t}\right)y(t):=iπP(e2πit)

satisfies the classical Chazy equation on the preimage region. In particular y(t)=iπE2(t)y(t)=i\pi E_2(t)y(t)=iπE2​(t) is a solution of the Chazy equation, and knowing the general solution of Chazy gives the general solution of Ramanujan's system.

Supporting targets

The milestone list covers the reduction chain in both directions: the matrix flow M˙=(Adj⁡M)T+MTM−(Tr⁡M)M\dot M = (\operatorname{Adj}M)^T + M^TM-(\operatorname{Tr}M)MM˙=(AdjM)T+MTM−(TrM)M and its reduction to the Darboux–Halphen system (eqs. (51)–(54)), the first integrals (55), the passage y=−2(ω1+ω2+ω3)y = -2(\omega_1+\omega_2+\omega_3)y=−2(ω1​+ω2​+ω3​) from Darboux–Halphen to Chazy and back through the roots of a cubic, the SL(2)\mathrm{SL}(2)SL(2) symmetry (73) of the Chazy equation, Rankin's fourth-order equation for the discriminant cusp form, the change of variable q=e2iτq=e^{2i\tau}q=e2iτ between the two forms of Ramanujan's system, and the generalized Chazy equation (81).

Significance

The Chazy equation is the bridge between integrable systems and the theory of modular forms. Its particular solution y=iπE2y = i\pi E_2y=iπE2​ makes the quasi-modularity of the second Eisenstein series an ODE statement; via y=12(log⁡Δ)′y = \tfrac12 (\log\Delta)'y=21​(logΔ)′ it turns into Rankin's homogeneous fourth-order equation for the discriminant cusp form Δ\DeltaΔ, whose Fourier coefficients are the Ramanujan τ\tauτ-function. The SL(2,Z)\mathrm{SL}(2,\mathbb{Z})SL(2,Z) action on solutions is exactly the weight-2 quasi-modular transformation law. In the other direction, the general solution of Chazy is a ratio of hypergeometric functions with a movable natural barrier, which is why these reductions are used as the standard counterexample to the identification of integrability with the Painlevé property.

None of this material is currently in Mathlib: there is no Chazy equation, no Darboux–Halphen system, no Ramanujan differential system, and no Eisenstein-series ODE. The mission builds that layer from scratch. Each statement is a closed-form differential identity, so the development is self-contained: it needs no analytic continuation theory, no modular-forms library, and no existence theory for ODEs. What a solver must supply is careful derivative bookkeeping and polynomial algebra.

Status honesty: every statement in this mission is a classical, published result — Darboux, Halphen, Chazy (1909–1911), Ramanujan (1916), Rankin (1956), and Ablowitz–Chakravarty–Halburd (1990s–2003). Nothing here is open mathematics. What is open is the machine-checked proof; to the captain's knowledge no formalization of these identities exists.

Difficulty

The obvious approach — "differentiate three times and call ring" — fails for two reasons. First, the statements are about functions, not about polynomials: each differentiation step requires producing the derivative of a product, a quotient, or a composition from the hypotheses, and only then is the resulting algebraic identity a ring problem. Second, two of the targets go against the flow of the hypotheses. Recovering the Darboux–Halphen system from a Chazy solution means recovering ω˙i\dot\omega_iω˙i​ from the derivatives of the three elementary symmetric functions of the ωi\omega_iωi​: this is a linear system whose matrix is a Vandermonde matrix in ω1,ω2,ω3\omega_1,\omega_2,\omega_3ω1​,ω2​,ω3​, invertible precisely because the roots are assumed distinct — which is why the distinctness hypothesis is not decoration. Similarly, the matrix milestone needs the conjugation-equivariance of M↦(Adj⁡M)T+MTM−(Tr⁡M)MM \mapsto (\operatorname{Adj}M)^T + M^TM - (\operatorname{Tr}M)MM↦(AdjM)T+MTM−(TrM)M, which holds for the transpose only because the conjugating matrix is complex orthogonal.

Formalization scope

Everything is over C\mathbb{C}C, matching the paper. Solutions are represented pointwise on an arbitrary set s⊆Cs \subseteq \mathbb{C}s⊆C rather than on all of C\mathbb{C}C, because the solutions of interest have movable singularities and natural barriers; no openness, holomorphy or connectivity is assumed unless a statement needs it.

Higher derivatives are carried as explicit extra function arguments joined by HasDerivAt hypotheses rather than through iterated deriv. This avoids junk values entirely: a statement never asserts anything about the value of a derivative that does not exist. The same convention is used for the matrix flow, where the derivative is imposed entrywise, so that no norm or normed-space structure on the space of matrices needs to be chosen.

Divisions are arranged so that no denominator can vanish under the stated hypotheses: Ramanujan's system is written in the form q dP/dq=(P2−Q)/12q\,dP/dq = (P^2-Q)/12qdP/dq=(P2−Q)/12, with no division by qqq; the generalized Chazy equation carries the hypothesis n2≠36n^2 \ne 36n2=36; and the first-integral and discriminant statements carry explicit nonvanishing hypotheses.

There is no trivializing formalization available here. Every statement is an implication between two systems of differential equations whose hypotheses are satisfied by the classical explicit solutions (P=E2P=E_2P=E2​, Q=E4Q=E_4Q=E4​, R=E6R=E_6R=E6​ for the Ramanujan system; Halphen's solutions for Darboux–Halphen), so none of them is vacuous, and none is an identity that holds for arbitrary functions.

A complete development needs only Mathlib's derivative calculus (HasDerivAt and its product, quotient and composition rules), Complex.exp, and Matrix.adjugate with the basic adjugate identities. Contributions of reusable pieces are welcome: in particular a clean statement of the derivative of the elementary symmetric functions of a triple of functions, and the Vandermonde inversion step, would both be of use beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. J. Ablowitz, S. Chakravarty, R. G. Halburd, Integrable systems and reductions of the self-dual Yang–Mills equations, J. Math. Phys. 44 (2003) 3147–3173. doi:10.1063/1.1586967
  • J. Chazy, Sur les équations différentielles du troisième ordre et d'ordre supérieur dont l'intégrale générale a ses points critiques fixes, Acta Math. 34 (1911) 317–385. doi:10.1007/BF02393131
  • S. Ramanujan, On certain arithmetical functions, Trans. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 22 (1916) 159–184.
  • G. Halphen, Sur un système d'équations différentielles, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 92 (1881) 1101–1103.
  • R. A. Rankin, The construction of automorphic forms from the derivatives of a given form, J. Indian Math. Soc. 20 (1956) 103–116.
  • M. J. Ablowitz, S. Chakravarty, R. G. Halburd, The generalized Chazy equation and Schwarzian triangle functions, Asian J. Math. 2 (1998) 619–624. doi:10.4310/AJM.1998.v2.n4.a1
  • R. S. Ward, Integrable and solvable systems, and relations among them, Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London A 315 (1985) 451–457. doi:10.1098/rsta.1985.0051
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Differential Geometry·Captain: Lucas

Mirror Symmetry is T-Duality: the D-brane moduli space (Strominger-Yau-Zaslow)Research Paper

Motivation

Mirror symmetry began as an empirical observation in string theory: certain pairs (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) of Calabi–Yau threefolds, with no evident geometric relation, give rise to the same physical theory, and invariants that are hard to compute on XXX (counts of holomorphic curves) turn into easy computations on YYY (variations of complex structure). The paper Mirror symmetry is T-duality by A. Strominger, S.-T. Yau and E. Zaslow, Nucl. Phys. B 479 (1996) 243–259, proposed the first structural explanation: XXX should carry a fibration by special Lagrangian 3-tori, the mirror YYY should be obtained by replacing each fibre with its dual torus, and the mirror map should be fibrewise T-duality. This proposal is now called the SYZ conjecture, and it organises most later geometric work on mirror symmetry.

The string-theoretic argument of Sections 1–2 of the paper is heuristic and is not formalizable as stated. Section 3 is different: it is a self-contained piece of differential geometry about the moduli space of a special Lagrangian submanifold together with a flat U(1)U(1)U(1) connection on it. This mission formalizes Section 3.

A short timeline of the mathematics the section rests on:

  • Harvey and Lawson, Calibrated geometries (Acta Math. 148, 1982), introduced special Lagrangian submanifolds as a calibrated geometry in a Calabi–Yau manifold.
  • R. McLean, Deformations of calibrated submanifolds (Duke preprint 96-01, 1996; Comm. Anal. Geom. 6 (1998) 705–747), proved that the space of deformations of a compact special Lagrangian submanifold LLL is a smooth manifold of dimension b1(L)b_1(L)b1​(L), whose tangent space at LLL is the space of harmonic 111-forms on LLL. The paper cites this as its reference [7].
  • SYZ (1996), Section 3, add the moduli of flat U(1)U(1)U(1) connections, exhibit an L2L^2L2 metric gabg_{ab}gab​ and a compatible almost complex structure J\mathcal JJ on the resulting 2b12b_12b1​-dimensional moduli space M\mathcal MM, derive the identity ∂agbc=∂bgac\partial_a g_{bc} = \partial_b g_{ac}∂a​gbc​=∂b​gac​ (their Eq. (3.4)), and conclude that M\mathcal MM is Kähler. They also exhibit a natural nnn-form Θ\ThetaΘ on M\mathcal MM, holomorphic when the brane is a torus.
  • N. Hitchin, The moduli space of special Lagrangian submanifolds (Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 25, 1997), gave a rigorous treatment in which the McLean metric is Hessian with respect to natural affine structures — the coordinate-free counterpart of Eq. (3.4).

Setting

Fix n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. The ambient Calabi–Yau manifold is modelled by Cn\mathbb C^nCn, carrying

  • the Riemannian metric g(u,v)=Re⁡⟨u,v⟩g(u,v) = \operatorname{Re}\langle u, v\rangleg(u,v)=Re⟨u,v⟩,
  • the complex structure Ju=iuJ u = i uJu=iu,
  • the Kähler form ω(u,v)=Im⁡⟨u,v⟩\omega(u,v) = \operatorname{Im}\langle u,v\rangleω(u,v)=Im⟨u,v⟩, which equals g(Ju,v)g(Ju, v)g(Ju,v),
  • the holomorphic volume form Ω=dz1∧⋯∧dzn\Omega = dz^1 \wedge \cdots \wedge dz^nΩ=dz1∧⋯∧dzn, evaluated on nnn vectors as the complex determinant of the matrix they span, and its imaginary part κ=Im⁡Ω\kappa = \operatorname{Im}\Omegaκ=ImΩ.

Here ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ is the standard Hermitian product of Cn\mathbb C^nCn, conjugate-linear in its first argument.

The brane LLL is an nnn-torus. It is presented by its universal cover: a map f:Rn→Cnf : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb C^nf:Rn→Cn that is periodic up to translation,

f(x+ea)=f(x)+λa,a=1,…,n,f(x + e_a) = f(x) + \lambda_a, \qquad a = 1,\dots,n,f(x+ea​)=f(x)+λa​,a=1,…,n,

for a fixed family of periods λ1,…,λn∈Cn\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_n \in \mathbb C^nλ1​,…,λn​∈Cn. Such an fff is exactly a map of the torus Rn/Zn\mathbb R^n/\mathbb Z^nRn/Zn into the complex torus Cn/Λ\mathbb C^n/\LambdaCn/Λ, and integration over LLL is integration over the unit cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n.

Write ∂if\partial_i f∂i​f for the partial derivatives of fff. The map fff is Lagrangian at xxx if ω(∂if,∂jf)=0\omega(\partial_i f, \partial_j f) = 0ω(∂i​f,∂j​f)=0 for all i,ji,ji,j, i.e. f∗ω=0f^{*}\omega = 0f∗ω=0; it is special Lagrangian if in addition κ(∂1f,…,∂nf)=0\kappa(\partial_1 f, \dots, \partial_n f) = 0κ(∂1​f,…,∂n​f)=0, i.e. f∗κ=0f^{*}\kappa = 0f∗κ=0. This is the supersymmetry condition of the paper (Section 2, conditions (ii) and (iii)). The induced metric is gij=g(∂if,∂jf)g_{ij} = g(\partial_i f, \partial_j f)gij​=g(∂i​f,∂j​f), the volume density is det⁡g\sqrt{\det g}detg​, and the second fundamental form of a Lagrangian immersion is the totally symmetric tensor

hijk=ω(∂i∂jf,∂kf).h_{ijk} = \omega(\partial_i \partial_j f, \partial_k f).hijk​=ω(∂i​∂j​f,∂k​f).

Given a family ftf_tft​ of such maps, its deformation 111-form is

θi=ω ⁣(∂f∂t,∂if),\theta_i = \omega\!\left(\tfrac{\partial f}{\partial t}, \partial_i f\right),θi​=ω(∂t∂f​,∂i​f),

the 111-form obtained by contracting the velocity into the Kähler form. For an mmm-parameter family F:Rm→(Rn→Cn)F : \mathbb R^m \to (\mathbb R^n \to \mathbb C^n)F:Rm→(Rn→Cn), t↦ftt \mapsto f_tt↦ft​, one gets mmm such forms θa\theta^aθa, a=1,…,ma = 1,\dots,ma=1,…,m, one per moduli direction.

The moduli data of Section 3 is a smooth mmm-parameter family FFF of special Lagrangian tori, all with the same periods, subject to two normalizations taken from the paper: each θa(t)\theta^a(t)θa(t) is harmonic for the induced metric g(t)g(t)g(t) (closed and co-closed), and the cohomology class of each θa\theta^aθa is constant along the family. The L2L^2L2 (McLean) metric on the moduli parameters is

gab(t)  =  ∫Lgij θia θjb  det⁡g  dnx.g_{ab}(t) \;=\; \int_{L} g^{ij}\,\theta^a_i\,\theta^b_j \; \sqrt{\det g}\; d^n x .gab​(t)=∫L​gijθia​θjb​detg​dnx.

The full moduli space M\mathcal MM of the paper also records the flat U(1)U(1)U(1) connection; its moduli form a torus of the same dimension, with coordinates sas^asa. On M\mathcal MM, modelled by Rm×Rm\mathbb R^m \times \mathbb R^mRm×Rm with coordinates (ta,sa)(t^a, s^a)(ta,sa), the paper puts the block-diagonal metric G=gab(dtadtb+dsadsb)G = g_{ab}(dt^a dt^b + ds^a ds^b)G=gab​(dtadtb+dsadsb) and the constant almost complex structure J(∂ta)=∂sa\mathcal J(\partial_{t^a}) = \partial_{s^a}J(∂ta​)=∂sa​, J(∂sa)=−∂ta\mathcal J(\partial_{s^a}) = -\partial_{t^a}J(∂sa​)=−∂ta​, with fundamental 222-form ωM(X,Y)=G(JX,Y)\omega_{\mathcal M}(X,Y) = G(\mathcal J X, Y)ωM​(X,Y)=G(JX,Y).

Target

The goal theorem is the conclusion of Section 3: for every such family, the fundamental 222-form of the moduli space is closed,

d ωM=0,d\,\omega_{\mathcal M} = 0,dωM​=0,

and since J\mathcal JJ is constant in these coordinates it is integrable, so (M,G,J)(\mathcal M, G, \mathcal J)(M,G,J) is Kähler.

The milestones are the numbered intermediate results of the paper, in the paper's own order:

Prop. 1:ddtft∗ω=dθ.\textbf{Prop. 1:}\quad \frac{d}{dt} f_t^{*}\omega = d\theta .Prop. 1:dtd​ft∗​ω=dθ. Prop. 2:ddtft∗κ=− d(∗θ),soddtft∗κ=0  ⟺  d†θ=0.\textbf{Prop. 2:}\quad \frac{d}{dt} f_t^{*}\kappa = -\,d(\ast\theta), \quad\text{so}\quad \frac{d}{dt} f_t^{*}\kappa = 0 \iff d^{\dagger}\theta = 0 .Prop. 2:dtd​ft∗​κ=−d(∗θ),sodtd​ft∗​κ=0⟺d†θ=0. Prop. 4:ddtgij=2 hijk wkfor the flow f˙=Jf∗w.\textbf{Prop. 4:}\quad \frac{d}{dt} g_{ij} = 2\,h_{ijk}\,w^{k}\quad\text{for the flow } \dot f = J f_{*} w .Prop. 4:dtd​gij​=2hijk​wkfor the flow f˙​=Jf∗​w. Eq. (A.2):∂aθb is exact.\textbf{Eq. (A.2):}\quad \partial_a \theta^b \text{ is exact.}Eq. (A.2):∂a​θb is exact. Eq. (3.4):∂agbc=∂bgac.\textbf{Eq. (3.4):}\quad \partial_a g_{bc} = \partial_b g_{ac}.Eq. (3.4):∂a​gbc​=∂b​gac​.

$$\textbf{Θ\ThetaΘ closed:}\quad \partial_c \int_L \theta^{a_1}\wedge\cdots\wedge\theta^{a_n} = 0 .

\textbf{Hessian} \Rightarrow \textbf{Kähler:}\quad \partial_a g_{bc} = \partial_b g_{ac} ;\Longrightarrow; d,\omega_{\mathcal M} = 0 .$$

Together, Propositions 1 and 2 are the statement that the tangent space to the moduli space consists of harmonic 111-forms — McLean's theorem in the form the paper uses it. Eq. (3.4) is the technical heart, and the last milestone is the step from it to the goal.

Significance

The result. Section 3 supplies the only rigorous mathematics in the paper. It says that the object the physics predicts to be a Calabi–Yau manifold — the moduli space of a supersymmetric brane — does carry the first piece of that structure, a Kähler metric, and that it carries a natural nnn-form which, for toroidal branes, is a holomorphic b1b_1b1​-form and hence a candidate for the Calabi–Yau form of the mirror. Eq. (3.4) says the McLean metric is locally the Hessian of a potential; this affine-Hessian structure of the SYZ base is the starting point of the later large-complex-structure-limit programme.

Formalizing it. The Section 3 results have rigorous published proofs (McLean for the tangent space, Hitchin for the Hessian property), but no machine-checked proof exists for any of them, and Mathlib currently has no special Lagrangian geometry, no Hodge theory, and no differential forms on manifolds. The mission therefore also produces reusable infrastructure: a workable coordinate model of calibrated submanifold geometry, the variation formulas for the induced metric and for the pullbacks of ω\omegaω and κ\kappaκ, and the Hessian-metric criterion for a Kähler structure, which is independent of the rest and reusable wherever affine-Kähler geometry appears.

Difficulty

The obvious approach to the goal — "the metric is Hessian, so take the potential and write down the Kähler form" — is not available: the potential is not part of the data, and producing it requires the symmetry ∂agbc=∂bgac\partial_a g_{bc} = \partial_b g_{ac}∂a​gbc​=∂b​gac​ first. That symmetry is the hard step, and it is hard for a specific reason: differentiating gbc(t)=∫Lgijθibθjcdet⁡gg_{bc}(t) = \int_L g^{ij}\theta^b_i\theta^c_j \sqrt{\det g}gbc​(t)=∫L​gijθib​θjc​detg​ in the direction tat^ata produces four terms — from θb\theta^bθb, from θc\theta^cθc, from the inverse metric gijg^{ij}gij, and from the volume density — and only their sum is symmetric in (a,b)(a,b)(a,b). Two of them are killed by an integration by parts that needs both harmonicity of θ\thetaθ and compactness of LLL (this is where the torus, and not a coordinate patch, is essential); one is killed because a special Lagrangian submanifold is minimal, so the mean curvature term in ∂adet⁡g\partial_a \sqrt{\det g}∂a​detg​ vanishes; what survives is −2∫Lhijkwaiwbjwck-2\int_L h_{ijk} w_a^i w_b^j w_c^k−2∫L​hijk​wai​wbj​wck​, which is symmetric because hhh is a symmetric 333-tensor. Every one of those four cancellations has to be carried out.

Proposition 2 carries a separate difficulty: it is an identity between the variation of a determinant and a divergence, and it is false without the hypothesis that ftf_tft​ is special Lagrangian at the point in question — for a merely Lagrangian fff there is a further term proportional to the Lagrangian angle.

Formalization scope

The formalization commits to the following, all of which are visible in the definition item and none of which are silent:

  • The ambient Calabi–Yau is flat. Sections 2 and 3 of the paper work with a general Calabi–Yau; here the ambient space is Cn\mathbb C^nCn (equivalently, after imposing periodicity, a flat complex torus Cn/Λ\mathbb C^n/\LambdaCn/Λ). This is the semi-flat/large-complex-structure regime in which the paper's own Section 2 check is carried out, and it is the price of Mathlib having no differential forms on manifolds. Propositions 1, 2 and 4 are stated for arbitrary smooth maps Rn→Cn\mathbb R^n \to \mathbb C^nRn→Cn and are genuinely local, so for them the restriction only removes the ambient curvature terms that the paper also drops by working in normal coordinates. The moduli-level statements do use the flat ambient.
  • The brane is a torus, presented by periodicity up to a fixed period lattice; L2L^2L2 pairings are integrals over [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n against Lebesgue measure. Compactness is used, and cannot be dropped.
  • Derivatives are Fréchet derivatives of maps on Rk\mathbb R^kRk contracted with a standard basis vector. Lean's fderiv returns 000 at a point of non-differentiability, so a statement about derivatives of a non-smooth map is a statement about zeros; every item therefore carries an explicit smoothness hypothesis, and the moduli-level items carry it inside the family structure.
  • Matrix inversion and square roots are total. The inverse of a singular matrix is 000 and the square root of a negative real is 000 in Lean. The items that use gijg^{ij}gij or det⁡g\sqrt{\det g}detg​ therefore carry an explicit immersion hypothesis det⁡g≠0\det g \ne 0detg=0.
  • Closedness of a 222-form is the Palais formula on constant vector fields, dω(X,Y,Z)=X ω(Y,Z)+Y ω(Z,X)+Z ω(X,Y)d\omega(X,Y,Z) = X\,\omega(Y,Z) + Y\,\omega(Z,X) + Z\,\omega(X,Y)dω(X,Y,Z)=Xω(Y,Z)+Yω(Z,X)+Zω(X,Y), which is the exterior derivative because the fields are constant. Closedness is asserted for all triples of tangent vectors at all points.
  • Non-triviality. The hypotheses are satisfiable: for λa\lambda_aλa​ the standard real basis vectors of Cn\mathbb C^nCn, the family F(t)(x)=x+itF(t)(x) = x + i tF(t)(x)=x+it of flat real subtori of Cn/Λ\mathbb C^n/\LambdaCn/Λ meets every condition of the family structure, with θia=−δia\theta^a_i = -\delta^a_iθia​=−δia​ and gab=δabg_{ab} = \delta_{ab}gab​=δab​. The goal is therefore not vacuous, and it is also not trivially true: J\mathcal{J}J is constant but gabg_{ab}gab​ is not, so dωM=0d\omega_{\mathcal M}=0dωM​=0 is a genuine condition on the family.

A complete development needs, beyond the definition item: the chain and product rules for fderiv on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, symmetry of second derivatives, differentiation under the integral sign on a compact box, integration by parts for periodic functions on [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n, and the derivative of det⁡\detdet and of matrix inversion. The last two, and the Hessian-implies-Kähler milestone, are reusable outside this mission. Contributions that replace the flat ambient by a general Kähler ambient chart, or that lift the model to Mathlib manifolds once differential forms exist there, are welcome and would supersede parts of this development.

Selected references

  • A. Strominger, S.-T. Yau, E. Zaslow, Mirror symmetry is T-duality, Nuclear Physics B 479 (1996) 243–259. doi:10.1016/0550-3213(96)00434-8, arXiv:hep-th/9606040
  • R. Harvey, H. B. Lawson, Calibrated geometries, Acta Mathematica 148 (1982) 47–157. doi:10.1007/BF02392726
  • R. C. McLean, Deformations of calibrated submanifolds, Communications in Analysis and Geometry 6 (1998) 705–747. doi:10.4310/CAG.1998.v6.n4.a4
  • N. J. Hitchin, The moduli space of special Lagrangian submanifolds, Annali della Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa 25 (1997) 503–515. arXiv:dg-ga/9711002
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional Analysis·Captain: Lucas

Heathcote 1990: A Normalized State Outside the Domains of Position and MomentumResearch Paper

Motivation

Quantum mechanics represents the states of a system by unit vectors (normed rays) of a complex Hilbert space H\mathcal HH and its observables by self-adjoint operators on H\mathcal HH. The most important observables — position, momentum, energy — are unbounded. A. Heathcote's paper Unbounded Operators and the Incompleteness of Quantum Mechanics (Philosophy of Science 57, 1990, 523–534) draws attention to a mathematical fact that is routinely glossed over in physical texts: an unbounded self-adjoint operator cannot be defined on all of H\mathcal HH, and there are concrete normalized wave functions on which the position and momentum operators do not act at all. The paper uses this to argue that the standard postulates of quantum mechanics are, in a precise sense, incomplete.

This mission isolates the mathematical content of that argument, which is a clean and checkable piece of functional analysis on L2(R)L^2(\mathbb R)L2(R).

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a complex Hilbert space. A (partially defined) linear operator AAA has a domain D(A)⊆HD(A)\subseteq\mathcal HD(A)⊆H; it is bounded if there is k∈Rk\in\mathbb Rk∈R with ∥Aψ∥≤k∥ψ∥\|A\psi\|\le k\|\psi\|∥Aψ∥≤k∥ψ∥ for all ψ∈D(A)\psi\in D(A)ψ∈D(A), and unbounded otherwise. It is self-adjoint if it equals its Hilbert adjoint, A=A∗A=A^*A=A∗, which includes D(A)=D(A∗)D(A)=D(A^*)D(A)=D(A∗).

On H=L2(R)\mathcal H=L^2(\mathbb R)H=L2(R):

  1. The position operator acts by (Qψ)(x)=x ψ(x)(Q\psi)(x)=x\,\psi(x)(Qψ)(x)=xψ(x) on
D(Q)={ψ∈L2(R):∫Rx2∣ψ(x)∣2 dx<∞}(eq. (3)).D(Q)=\Big\{\psi\in L^2(\mathbb R): \int_{\mathbb R}x^2|\psi(x)|^2\,dx<\infty\Big\}\qquad\text{(eq. (3))}.D(Q)={ψ∈L2(R):∫R​x2∣ψ(x)∣2dx<∞}(eq. (3)).
  1. The momentum operator Pψ=ℏi−1 dψ/dxP\psi=\hbar i^{-1}\,d\psi/dxPψ=ℏi−1dψ/dx has, in the paper's description, domain D(P)D(P)D(P) consisting of the absolutely continuous functions in L2(R)L^2(\mathbb R)L2(R).
  2. Heathcote's wave function (eq. (4)) is
ψ(x)={x−1,x≥1,0,x<1.\psi(x)=\begin{cases}x^{-1}, & x\ge 1,\\ 0, & x<1.\end{cases}ψ(x)={x−1,0,​x≥1,x<1.​

Formalization targets

Goal

There is a unit vector of L2(R)L^2(\mathbb R)L2(R), namely the class of ψ\psiψ, lying in neither domain:

∃ φ∈L2(R):φ=ψ a.e.,∥φ∥=1,φ∉D(Q),φ∉D(P).\exists\,\varphi\in L^2(\mathbb R):\quad \varphi=\psi\ \text{a.e.},\qquad \|\varphi\|=1,\qquad \varphi\notin D(Q),\qquad \varphi\notin D(P).∃φ∈L2(R):φ=ψ a.e.,∥φ∥=1,φ∈/D(Q),φ∈/D(P).

Milestones

  1. Hellinger–Toeplitz (p. 2, footnote 1): a symmetric operator defined on all of a Hilbert space is bounded (an existing platform theorem).
  2. Unbounded self-adjoint operators (p. 2, footnote 2): if A=A∗A=A^*A=A∗ is unbounded then D(A)D(A)D(A) is dense and D(A)≠HD(A)\neq\mathcal HD(A)=H.
  3. Normalization (p. 5): ψ∈L2(R)\psi\in L^2(\mathbb R)ψ∈L2(R) and ∫∣ψ∣2=∫1∞x−2dx=1\int|\psi|^2=\int_1^\infty x^{-2}dx=1∫∣ψ∣2=∫1∞​x−2dx=1.
  4. Not in D(Q)D(Q)D(Q) (p. 5): ∫x2∣ψ(x)∣2dx=∞\int x^2|\psi(x)|^2dx=\infty∫x2∣ψ(x)∣2dx=∞.
  5. Not in D(P)D(P)D(P) (pp. 5–6): no a.e.-representative of ψ\psiψ is absolutely continuous on every compact interval.
  6. Infinite position expectation (p. 9): ∫∣x∣ ∣ψ(x)∣2dx=∫1∞x−1dx=∞\int|x|\,|\psi(x)|^2dx=\int_1^\infty x^{-1}dx=\infty∫∣x∣∣ψ(x)∣2dx=∫1∞​x−1dx=∞.

Significance

The result. The goal shows that the two postulates "every normed ray is a state" and "observables are self-adjoint operators" force the existence of states on which the position operator (and, independently, the momentum operator) is undefined. Milestone 5 is what the paper uses to separate this phenomenon from the canonical commutation relations: the failure of ψ∈D(Q)\psi\in D(Q)ψ∈D(Q) is not explained by ψ\psiψ being "sharp in momentum", because ψ\psiψ is not even in D(P)D(P)D(P). Milestone 6 records the physical reading: the mean position of this normalized state is infinite.

Formalizing it. The individual facts are standard and elementary; none of them is new. What the mission produces is a machine-checked version of the paper's argument stated against the actual L2L^2L2 space and Mathlib's notion of unbounded operators and adjoints, with the domain conventions made explicit.

Difficulty

The calculus is easy; the subtleties are in the bookkeeping. Elements of L2(R)L^2(\mathbb R)L2(R) are almost-everywhere classes, so "ψ\psiψ is discontinuous at 111" does not by itself show ψ∉D(P)\psi\notin D(P)ψ∈/D(P): one must rule out every a.e.-modification of ψ\psiψ being absolutely continuous. Similarly, the Hellinger–Toeplitz argument gives D(A)≠HD(A)\neq\mathcal HD(A)=H but not density, which comes from the adjoint being a genuine operator.

Formalization scope

  • Operators are Mathlib's partially defined linear maps H →ₗ.[ℂ] H; self-adjointness is IsSelfAdjoint with respect to the adjoint A†, over a complex complete inner product space.
  • L2(R)L^2(\mathbb R)L2(R) is Lp ℂ 2 volume on ℝ; D(Q)D(Q)D(Q) and D(P)D(P)D(P) are subsets of it. Integrals of non-negative quantities are Lebesgue integrals valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so "=∞=\infty=∞" is literal and not a junk value.
  • D(P)D(P)D(P) follows the paper (absolutely continuous elements, i.e. having a representative absolutely continuous on every [a,b][a,b][a,b]) and omits the standard requirement ψ′∈L2\psi'\in L^2ψ′∈L2. This set contains the standard domain, so non-membership is a stronger statement.
  • The paper's further claim that ψ∉D(H)\psi\notin D(H)ψ∈/D(H) for a Hamiltonian H=P2/2m+VH=P^2/2m+VH=P2/2m+V is stated there without proof and for an unspecified potential VVV, and is not included.
  • Trivialization is excluded: the goal pins φ\varphiφ to the explicit function ψ\psiψ and requires ∥φ∥=1\|\varphi\|=1∥φ∥=1.

Selected references

  • A. Heathcote, Unbounded Operators and the Incompleteness of Quantum Mechanics, Philosophy of Science 57 (1990), 523–534.
  • M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics I: Functional Analysis, revised ed., Academic Press, 1980.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Differential Geometry·Captain: Lucas

Uhlenbeck, Equations of Gauge Theory I: Self-Dual Connections Minimize Yang-MillsTextbook

Motivation

The Yang–Mills functional measures the total curvature of a connection on a principal bundle. Its critical points, the Yang–Mills connections, are the non-abelian generalization of solutions of Maxwell's equations, and in four dimensions the most important among them are the self-dual and anti-self-dual connections (instantons), whose moduli spaces underlie Donaldson theory of smooth four-manifolds. A basic and frequently used fact, recorded as Proposition 3.1.1 in K. Uhlenbeck's lectures Equations of Gauge Theory (notes by L. Fredrickson, Temple University, 2012), is that instantons are not merely critical points: within a fixed topological class and with fixed boundary data they are absolute minimizers of the Yang–Mills energy. The same "energy identity" argument is the template the notes later apply to the Kapustin–Witten equations (Proposition 3.1.5).

Timeline of the ideas involved: Yang and Mills introduce the equations (1954); Belavin, Polyakov, Schwartz and Tyupkin observe the topological lower bound on the energy and its saturation by self-dual fields (1975); Atiyah, Hitchin and Singer study the deformation theory of instantons (1977–78); Donaldson uses the instanton moduli space in four-manifold topology (1983).

Setting

Work on the trivial principal SU(n)SU(n)SU(n)-bundle over a closed box Ω=[a,b]=∏μ=03[aμ,bμ]⊂R4\Omega=[a,b]=\prod_{\mu=0}^{3}[a_\mu,b_\mu]\subset\mathbb R^4Ω=[a,b]=∏μ=03​[aμ​,bμ​]⊂R4 with the Euclidean metric. A connection is DA=d+AD_A=d+ADA​=d+A with A=∑μAμ dxμA=\sum_\mu A_\mu\,dx^\muA=∑μ​Aμ​dxμ, where each AμA_\muAμ​ is a smooth map into the Lie algebra su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n)su(n) of traceless skew-Hermitian n×nn\times nn×n complex matrices. Its curvature is the su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n)su(n)-valued two-form FA=dA+A∧AF_A=dA+A\wedge AFA​=dA+A∧A with coefficients

(FA)μν=∂μAν−∂νAμ+[Aμ,Aν].(F_A)_{\mu\nu}=\partial_\mu A_\nu-\partial_\nu A_\mu+[A_\mu,A_\nu].(FA​)μν​=∂μ​Aν​−∂ν​Aμ​+[Aμ​,Aν​].

The Hodge star on two-forms is (⋆F)μν=12∑ρ,σεμνρσFρσ(\star F)_{\mu\nu}=\tfrac12\sum_{\rho,\sigma}\varepsilon_{\mu\nu\rho\sigma}F_{\rho\sigma}(⋆F)μν​=21​∑ρ,σ​εμνρσ​Fρσ​, with ε\varepsilonε the Levi-Civita symbol. A two-form is self-dual if ⋆F=F\star F=F⋆F=F and anti-self-dual if ⋆F=−F\star F=-F⋆F=−F. The pointwise norm is ∣F∣2=∑μ<νRe⁡tr⁡(FμνFμν∗)|F|^2=\sum_{\mu<\nu}\operatorname{Re}\operatorname{tr}(F_{\mu\nu}F_{\mu\nu}^{*})∣F∣2=∑μ<ν​Retr(Fμν​Fμν∗​), and the Yang–Mills functional on Ω\OmegaΩ is

YmΩ(A)=∫Ω∣FA∣2 dvol.\mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(A)=\int_\Omega |F_A|^2\,d\mathrm{vol}.YmΩ​(A)=∫Ω​∣FA​∣2dvol.

The Chern–Weil density tr⁡(F∧F)\operatorname{tr}(F\wedge F)tr(F∧F) is the coefficient 14∑εμνρσtr⁡(FμνFρσ)\tfrac14\sum\varepsilon_{\mu\nu\rho\sigma}\operatorname{tr}(F_{\mu\nu}F_{\rho\sigma})41​∑εμνρσ​tr(Fμν​Fρσ​) of dx0∧dx1∧dx2∧dx3dx^0\wedge dx^1\wedge dx^2\wedge dx^3dx0∧dx1∧dx2∧dx3, and the Chern–Simons three-form is CS(A)=tr⁡(A∧dA+23A∧A∧A)CS(A)=\operatorname{tr}(A\wedge dA+\tfrac23A\wedge A\wedge A)CS(A)=tr(A∧dA+32​A∧A∧A), with flux components Kμ=∑εμνρσtr⁡(Aν∂ρAσ+23AνAρAσ)K^\mu=\sum\varepsilon_{\mu\nu\rho\sigma}\operatorname{tr}(A_\nu\partial_\rho A_\sigma+\tfrac23A_\nu A_\rho A_\sigma)Kμ=∑εμνρσ​tr(Aν​∂ρ​Aσ​+32​Aν​Aρ​Aσ​).

Formalization targets

Goal (Proposition 3.1.1, box version)

If AAA and BBB are smooth SU(n)SU(n)SU(n)-connections on Ω\OmegaΩ that agree on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω, and FAF_AFA​ is self-dual on all of Ω\OmegaΩ or anti-self-dual on all of Ω\OmegaΩ, then

YmΩ(A)≤YmΩ(B).\mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(A)\le \mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(B).YmΩ​(A)≤YmΩ​(B).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1.2. For an su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n)su(n)-valued two-form FFF: ∣F±⋆F∣2=2∣F∣2∓2tr⁡(F∧F)|F\pm\star F|^2=2|F|^2\mp2\operatorname{tr}(F\wedge F)∣F±⋆F∣2=2∣F∣2∓2tr(F∧F).
  2. Fact 3.1.3, local form. tr⁡(FA∧FA)=∑μ∂μKμ\operatorname{tr}(F_A\wedge F_A)=\sum_\mu\partial_\mu K^\mutr(FA​∧FA​)=∑μ​∂μ​Kμ, i.e. tr⁡(FA∧FA)=d CS(A)\operatorname{tr}(F_A\wedge F_A)=d\,CS(A)tr(FA​∧FA​)=dCS(A).
  3. Fact 3.1.3, box form. ∫Ωtr⁡(FA∧FA)=∫∂ΩCS(A)\int_\Omega\operatorname{tr}(F_A\wedge F_A)=\int_{\partial\Omega}CS(A)∫Ω​tr(FA​∧FA​)=∫∂Ω​CS(A) (the topological term vanishes for the trivial bundle).
  4. Energy bound (proof of Proposition 3.1.1). YmΩ(A)≥∓∫∂ΩCS(A)\mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(A)\ge \mp\int_{\partial\Omega}CS(A)YmΩ​(A)≥∓∫∂Ω​CS(A).
  5. Equality case (proof of Proposition 3.1.1). On a non-degenerate box, YmΩ(A)=−∫∂ΩCS(A)\mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(A)=-\int_{\partial\Omega}CS(A)YmΩ​(A)=−∫∂Ω​CS(A) iff FAF_AFA​ is self-dual on Ω\OmegaΩ, and YmΩ(A)=∫∂ΩCS(A)\mathrm{Ym}_\Omega(A)=\int_{\partial\Omega}CS(A)YmΩ​(A)=∫∂Ω​CS(A) iff FAF_AFA​ is anti-self-dual on Ω\OmegaΩ.

Significance

The energy identity turns a second-order variational problem into a first-order one: any connection satisfying the first-order self-duality equation is automatically a Yang–Mills connection, and in fact a global minimizer in its class. This is the reason instanton moduli spaces are the natural objects of four-dimensional gauge theory, and it is the model for the corresponding minimization statements for the Kapustin–Witten equations treated later in the same notes. The result is classical and its proof is known; the remaining work is formal: a machine-checked development of the curvature, Hodge star, Chern–Simons transgression and the boundary integration on boxes, none of which are currently packaged in this form in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The algebraic identity of Lemma 3.1.2 is a finite computation. The substantive step is the transgression formula tr⁡(FA∧FA)=d CS(A)\operatorname{tr}(F_A\wedge F_A)=d\,CS(A)tr(FA​∧FA​)=dCS(A), a cancellation between derivative terms and cubic terms that depends on cyclicity of the trace and on the antisymmetry of ε\varepsilonε, followed by Stokes' theorem on the box with correct face orientations. The naive approach of comparing ∣FA∣2|F_A|^2∣FA​∣2 and ∣FB∣2|F_B|^2∣FB​∣2 pointwise fails: the two connections agree only on the boundary, and only the integrated topological term is boundary-determined.

Formalization scope

The general setting of the notes (a GGG-bundle over a compact oriented Riemannian four-manifold with boundary, topological class c2(P)=kc_2(P)=kc2​(P)=k) is replaced by the trivial SU(n)SU(n)SU(n)-bundle over a closed axis-parallel box in Euclidean R4\mathbb R^4R4, so the topological term 8π2c2(P)8\pi^2c_2(P)8π2c2​(P) is zero. Connections are smooth on all of R4\mathbb R^4R4 (equivalently, smooth up to the boundary of the box) and every coefficient takes values in su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n)su(n). Two-forms are stored as antisymmetric 4×44\times44×4 families of matrices; partial derivatives are taken entrywise; integrals are Lebesgue integrals over the box and over its faces. "Fixed boundary data" means A=BA=BA=B at every point of ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω. Self-duality is ⋆F=F\star F=F⋆F=F, matching F=⋆FF=\star FF=⋆F in Section 2.2 of the notes.

Two sign/normalization corrections relative to the printed notes are made deliberately: Lemma 3.1.2 is stated with the sign obtained in its own proof on p. 32 (∓\mp∓ rather than the printed ±\pm±, because B∗=−BB^*=-BB∗=−B on su(n)\mathfrak{su}(n)su(n)), and the Chern–Simons form uses the standard coefficient 23\tfrac2332​ in tr⁡(A∧dA+23A3)\operatorname{tr}(A\wedge dA+\tfrac23A^3)tr(A∧dA+32​A3), i.e. tr⁡(A∧FA)−13tr⁡(A3)\operatorname{tr}(A\wedge F_A)-\tfrac13\operatorname{tr}(A^3)tr(A∧FA​)−31​tr(A3), for which d CS=tr⁡(F∧F)d\,CS=\operatorname{tr}(F\wedge F)dCS=tr(F∧F) holds, instead of the printed 16\tfrac1661​.

A trivializing formalization would make the boundary condition or the self-duality hypothesis unsatisfiable; here the zero connection is self-dual and satisfies every hypothesis, and the statements are not vacuous.

Reusable infrastructure: Levi-Civita symbol and Hodge star on Λ2R4\Lambda^2\mathbb R^4Λ2R4 with matrix coefficients, curvature of matrix-valued connections, the Chern–Simons transgression, and Stokes' theorem for flux forms on boxes (Mathlib's divergence theorem on boxes is the natural tool). Contributions to any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Uhlenbeck, Equations of Gauge Theory, notes by L. Fredrickson, Emil Grosswald Lectures, Temple University, 2012 (the source of all statements; Section 3.1, pp. 29–32).
  • C. N. Yang, R. L. Mills, Conservation of isotopic spin and isotopic gauge invariance, Phys. Rev. 96 (1954), 191–195. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRev.96.191
  • A. A. Belavin, A. M. Polyakov, A. S. Schwartz, Yu. S. Tyupkin, Pseudoparticle solutions of the Yang–Mills equations, Phys. Lett. B 59 (1975), 85–87. https://doi.org/10.1016/0370-2693(75)90163-X
  • S. K. Donaldson, An application of gauge theory to four-dimensional topology, J. Differential Geom. 18 (1983), 279–315. https://doi.org/10.4310/jdg/1214437665
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 1 of 8Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me